Table Of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021

OR

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______________to______________________

Commission file number: 001-38229

FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

STATE OF INCORPORATION: IRS EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO:

PENNSYLVANIAPennsylvania 23-3017653

Address of principal executive offices:

BLAKELYBlakely & DRINKER ST.Drinker St.

DUNMORE, PENNSYLVANIADunmore, Pennsylvania 18512

TELEPHONE: 570-342-8281

TELEPHONE:SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

Title of each class

Trading Symbols(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, without par value

FDBC

The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

570-342-8281

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subjected to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. [X] YES [ ] NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). [X] YES [ ] NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [  ]                                             o

Non-accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer [  ]

Non-accelerated filer   [  ]o

Smaller reporting company [X]

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)x

Emerging growth company [  ]o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

[ ] YES [X] NO

The number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. on October 31, 2017,April 30, 2021, the latest practicable date, was 3,729,9784,995,547 shares.


FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

Form 10-Q September 30, 2017March 31, 2021

Index


2


PART I – Financial Information

Item 1: Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

September 30, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

11,835 

 

$

12,856 

$

38,964 

$

19,408 

Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions

 

30,046 

 

12,987 

183,989 

49,938 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

41,881 

 

25,843 

222,953 

69,346 

Available-for-sale securities

 

151,995 

 

130,037 

436,622 

392,420 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

2,543 

 

2,606 

Restricted investments in bank stock

2,931 

2,813 

Loans and leases, net (allowance for loan losses of

 

 

 

 

$9,356 in 2017; $9,364 in 2016)

 

625,111 

 

588,130 

Loans held-for-sale (fair value $1,662 in 2017, $2,907 in 2016)

 

1,629 

 

2,854 

$14,839 in 2021; $14,202 in 2020)

1,127,320 

1,105,450 

Loans held-for-sale (fair value $11,208 in 2021, $30,858 in 2020)

11,001 

29,786 

Foreclosed assets held-for-sale

 

927 

 

1,306 

413 

256 

Bank premises and equipment, net

 

16,899 

 

17,164 

27,275 

27,626 

Leased property under finance leases, net

259 

283 

Right-of-use assets

6,999 

7,082 

Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

 

19,857 

 

11,435 

44,582 

44,285 

Accrued interest receivable

 

2,769 

 

2,246 

5,723 

5,712 

Goodwill

 

209 

 

 -

7,053 

7,053 

Core deposit intangible, net

1,645 

1,734 

Other assets

 

14,446 

 

11,323 

18,316 

5,664 

Total assets

 

$

878,266 

 

$

792,944 

$

1,913,092 

$

1,699,510 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing

 

$

562,719 

 

$

492,306 

$

1,204,548 

$

1,102,009 

Non-interest-bearing

 

185,858 

 

211,153 

518,352 

407,496 

Total deposits

 

748,577 

 

703,459 

1,722,900 

1,509,505 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

6,781 

 

4,631 

18,776 

10,400 

Short-term borrowings

 

12,920 

 

4,223 

Finance lease obligation

267 

291 

Operating lease liabilities

7,567 

7,644 

FHLB advances

 

23,704 

 

 -

-

5,000 

Total liabilities

 

791,982 

 

712,313 

1,749,510 

1,532,840 

Shareholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock authorized 5,000,000 shares with no par value; none issued

 

 -

 

 -

Capital stock, no par value (10,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding; 3,729,978 in 2017; and 2,453,805 in 2016)

 

28,200 

 

27,155 

Preferred stock authorized 5,000,000 shares with no par value; NaN issued

-

-

Capital stock, no par value (10,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding; 4,995,547 at March 31, 2021; and 4,977,750 at December 31, 2020)

78,222 

77,676 

Retained earnings

 

56,163 

 

52,095 

84,197 

80,042 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

1,921 

 

1,381 

1,163 

8,952 

Total shareholders' equity

 

86,284 

 

80,631 

163,582 

166,670 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$

878,266 

 

$

792,944 

$

1,913,092 

$

1,699,510 

 

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 


3


Table Of Contents

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

Interest income:

Loans and leases:

Taxable

$

12,188 

$

8,063 

Nontaxable

320 

297 

Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions

21 

12 

Restricted investments in bank stock

33 

65 

Investment securities:

U.S. government agency and corporations

700 

846 

States and political subdivisions (nontaxable)

854 

423 

States and political subdivisions (taxable)

224 

Total interest income

14,340 

9,711 

Interest expense:

Deposits

864 

1,516 

Other short-term borrowings and other

-

75 

FHLB advances

26 

114 

Total interest expense

890 

1,705 

Net interest income

13,450 

8,006 

Provision for loan losses

800 

300 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

12,650 

7,706 

Other income:

Service charges on deposit accounts

566 

559 

Interchange fees

949 

557 

Service charges on loans

511 

438 

Fees from trust fiduciary activities

494 

419 

Fees from financial services

175 

159 

Fees and other revenue

178 

250 

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

296 

165 

Gain (loss) on write-down, sale or disposal of:

Loans

2,347 

215 

Premises and equipment

-

(7)

Total other income

5,516 

2,755 

Other expenses:

Salaries and employee benefits

5,876 

3,923 

Premises and equipment

1,642 

1,118 

Data processing and communication

603 

460 

Advertising and marketing

901 

432 

Professional services

937 

415 

Merger-related expenses

523 

271 

Automated transaction processing

292 

227 

Office supplies and postage

113 

106 

PA shares tax

50 

66 

Loan collection

50 

29 

Other real estate owned

25 

27 

FDIC assessment

111 

-

FHLB prepayment fee

369 

-

Other

(36)

230 

Total other expenses

11,456 

7,304 

Income before income taxes

6,710 

3,157 

Provision for income taxes

1,043 

523 

Net income

$

5,667 

$

2,634 

Per share data:

Net income - basic

$

1.14 

$

0.69 

Net income - diluted

$

1.13 

$

0.69 

Dividends

$

0.30 

$

0.28 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

 

September 30, 2017

 

September 30, 2016

 

September 30, 2017

 

September 30, 2016

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

$

6,672 

 

$

5,960 

 

$

19,398 

 

$

17,571 

Nontaxable

 

 

220 

 

 

195 

 

 

647 

 

 

579 

Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions

 

 

12 

 

 

13 

 

 

22 

 

 

59 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agency and corporations

 

 

610 

 

 

500 

 

 

1,887 

 

 

1,236 

States and political subdivisions (nontaxable)

 

 

368 

 

 

321 

 

 

1,081 

 

 

954 

Other securities

 

 

46 

 

 

17 

 

 

113 

 

 

58 

Total interest income

 

 

7,928 

 

 

7,006 

 

 

23,148 

 

 

20,457 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

742 

 

 

580 

 

 

1,971 

 

 

1,727 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

15 

 

 

16 

Other short-term borrowings and other

 

 

60 

 

 

 

 

197 

 

 

14 

FHLB advances

 

 

77 

 

 

 -

 

 

174 

 

 

 -

Total interest expense

 

 

882 

 

 

585 

 

 

2,357 

 

 

1,757 

Net interest income

 

 

7,046 

 

 

6,421 

 

 

20,791 

 

 

18,700 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

375 

 

 

225 

 

 

925 

 

 

650 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

6,671 

 

 

6,196 

 

 

19,866 

 

 

18,050 

Other income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

582 

 

 

564 

 

 

1,674 

 

 

1,567 

Interchange fees

 

 

431 

 

 

378 

 

 

1,256 

 

 

1,115 

Fees from trust fiduciary activities

 

 

253 

 

 

176 

 

 

756 

 

 

539 

Fees from financial services

 

 

169 

 

 

126 

 

 

434 

 

 

436 

Service charges on loans

 

 

201 

 

 

194 

 

 

597 

 

 

665 

Fees and other revenue

 

 

222 

 

 

201 

 

 

661 

 

 

593 

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

 

 

158 

 

 

89 

 

 

422 

 

 

264 

Gain (loss) on sale or disposal of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

232 

 

 

302 

 

 

684 

 

 

629 

Investment securities

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

 

 -

 

 

(6)

 

 

 -

 

 

(6)

Total other income

 

 

2,248 

 

 

2,024 

 

 

6,484 

 

 

5,811 

Other expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

3,235 

 

 

2,892 

 

 

9,559 

 

 

8,660 

Premises and equipment

 

 

919 

 

 

898 

 

 

2,816 

 

 

2,642 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

270 

 

 

198 

 

 

850 

 

 

656 

Professional services

 

 

404 

 

 

334 

 

 

1,330 

 

 

1,122 

FDIC assessment

 

 

68 

 

 

98 

 

 

201 

 

 

335 

Loan collection

 

 

84 

 

 

16 

 

 

191 

 

 

141 

Other real estate owned

 

 

37 

 

 

69 

 

 

183 

 

 

158 

Office supplies and postage

 

 

109 

 

 

110 

 

 

339 

 

 

352 

Automated transaction processing

 

 

185 

 

 

179 

 

 

543 

 

 

460 

Data processing and communication

 

 

297 

 

 

261 

 

 

880 

 

 

720 

PA shares tax

 

 

183 

 

 

165 

 

 

394 

 

 

471 

Other

 

 

244 

 

 

189 

 

 

597 

 

 

449 

Total other expenses

 

 

6,035 

 

 

5,409 

 

 

17,883 

 

 

16,166 

Income before income taxes

 

 

2,884 

 

 

2,811 

 

 

8,467 

 

 

7,695 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

658 

 

 

776 

 

 

2,078 

 

 

2,031 

Net income

 

$

2,226 

 

$

2,035 

 

$

6,389 

 

$

5,664 

Per share data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income - basic (1)

 

$

0.60 

 

$

0.55 

 

$

1.72 

 

$

1.54 

Net income - diluted (1)

 

$

0.60 

 

$

0.55 

 

$

1.72 

 

$

1.54 

Dividends (1)

 

$

0.21 

 

$

0.19 

 

$

0.62 

 

$

0.57 



 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

On August 15, 2017, the Company declared a three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend. Per share data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016 has been restated for the effects thereof.

4


Table Of Contents

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Three months ended

(Unaudited)

March 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2021

2020

Net income

$

5,667 

$

2,634 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax:

Unrealized holding (loss) gain on available-for-sale debt securities

(9,860)

4,111 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in income

-

-

Net unrealized (loss) gain

(9,860)

4,111 

Tax effect

2,071 

(863)

Unrealized (loss) gain, net of tax

(7,789)

3,248 

Other comprehensive (loss) gain, net of tax

(7,789)

3,248 

Total comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

$

(2,122)

$

5,882 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

(Unaudited)

September 30,

 

September 30,

(dollars in thousands)

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

2,226 

 

$

2,035 

 

$

6,389 

 

$

5,664 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities

 

104 

 

 

(361)

 

 

818 

 

 

1,932 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in income

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(9)

Net unrealized gain (loss)

 

104 

 

 

(361)

 

 

818 

 

 

1,923 

Tax effect

 

(35)

 

 

123 

 

 

(278)

 

 

(654)

Unrealized gain (loss), net of tax

 

69 

 

 

(238)

 

 

540 

 

 

1,269 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

69 

 

 

(238)

 

 

540 

 

 

1,269 

Total comprehensive income, net of tax

$

2,295 

 

$

1,797 

 

$

6,929 

 

$

6,933 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5


Table Of Contents

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020

(Unaudited)

Accumulated

other

Capital stock

Retained

comprehensive

(dollars in thousands)

Shares

Amount

earnings

income (loss)

Total

Balance, December 31, 2019

3,781,500 

$

30,848 

$

72,385 

$

3,602 

$

106,835 

Net income

2,634 

2,634 

Other comprehensive income

3,248 

3,248 

Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan

3,885 

219 

219 

Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans

12,261 

-

-

Stock-based compensation expense

275 

275 

Cash dividends declared

(1,071)

(1,071)

Balance, March 31, 2020

3,797,646 

$

31,342 

$

73,948 

$

6,850 

$

112,140 

Balance, December 31, 2020

4,977,750 

$

77,676 

$

80,042 

$

8,952 

$

166,670 

Net income

5,667 

5,667 

Other comprehensive loss

(7,789)

(7,789)

Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan

4,738 

270 

270 

Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans

11,059 

-

-

Issuance of common stock through exercise of SSARs

2,000 

-

-

Stock-based compensation expense

276 

276 

Cash dividends declared

(1,512)

(1,512)

Balance, March 31, 2021

4,995,547 

$

78,222 

$

84,197 

$

1,163 

$

163,582 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other

 

 

 



Capital stock

 

Retained

 

comprehensive

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

Shares

 

Amount

 

earnings

 

income

 

Total

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

2,443,405 

 

$

26,700 

 

$

47,463 

 

$

2,188 

 

$

76,351 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,664 

 

 

 

 

 

5,664 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,269 

 

 

1,269 

Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

3,695 

 

 

111 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

111 

Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans

 

6,205 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock through exercise of stock options

 

500 

 

 

14 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

248 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

248 

Cash dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,098)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,098)

Balance, September 30, 2016

 

2,453,805 

 

$

27,073 

 

$

51,029 

 

$

3,457 

 

$

81,559 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

2,453,805 

 

$

27,155 

 

$

52,095 

 

$

1,381 

 

$

80,631 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,389 

 

 

 

 

 

6,389 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

540 

 

 

540 

Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

4,085 

 

 

126 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126 

Issuance of common stock through Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

7,744 

 

 

331 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

331 

Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans

 

9,657 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock through exercise of stock options

 

11,500 

 

 

332 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

332 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

256 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

256 

Issuance of common stock from stock split

 

1,243,187 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash in lieu of fractional shares paid due to the stock split

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

Cash dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,310)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,310)

Balance, September 30, 2017

 

3,729,978 

 

$

28,200 

 

$

56,163 

 

$

1,921 

 

$

86,284 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6


Table Of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Nine months ended September 30,

Three months ended March 31,

(dollars in thousands)

 

2017

 

2016

2021

2020

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

6,389 

 

$

5,664 

$

5,667 

$

2,634 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by

 

 

 

 

 

operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

 

 

2,324 

 

2,519 

1,394 

835 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

925 

 

650 

800 

300 

Deferred income tax expense

 

 

1,070 

 

1,192 

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

(544)

442 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

419 

 

385 

266 

243 

Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

66 

 

 -

Excess tax benefit from exercise of SSARs

26 

-

Proceeds from sale of loans held-for-sale

 

 

33,498 

 

34,623 

82,284 

13,055 

Originations of loans held-for-sale

 

 

(29,342)

 

(32,155)

(60,426)

(11,232)

Earnings from bank-owned life insurance

 

 

(422)

 

(264)

(296)

(165)

Net gain from sales of loans

 

 

(684)

 

(629)

(2,347)

(215)

Net gain from sales of investment securities

 

 

 -

 

(9)

Net loss from sale and write-down of foreclosed assets held-for-sale

 

 

83 

 

57 

Net loss from disposal of equipment

 

 

 -

 

Net (gain) loss from sale and write-down of foreclosed assets held-for-sale

(15)

17 

Net loss from write-down and disposal of bank premises and equipment

-

Operating lease payments

Change in:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

(519)

 

97 

(11)

42 

Other assets

 

 

(4,262)

 

(2,760)

(1,605)

(903)

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

 

1,928 

 

906 

492 

(178)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

11,473 

 

10,282 

25,692 

4,890 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales

 

 

 -

 

2,884 

-

7,765 

Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal pay-downs

 

 

14,795 

 

15,139 

14,276 

8,832 

Purchases

 

 

(36,786)

 

(20,707)

(69,290)

(31,617)

Decrease in FHLB stock

 

 

63 

 

919 

Net increase in loans and leases

 

 

(39,271)

 

(20,584)

Purchase of life insurance policies

 

 

(8,000)

 

 -

Acquisition of bank premises and equipment

 

 

(747)

 

(1,075)

Net cash acquired in acquisition of bank branch

 

 

11,817 

 

 -

Proceeds from sale of bank premises and equipment

 

 

 

 -

(Increase) decrease in restricted investments in bank stock

(118)

1,651 

Net (increase) decrease in loans and leases

(25,056)

5,837 

Principal portion of lease payments received under direct finance leases

1,123��

759 

Purchases of bank premises and equipment

(286)

(271)

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets held-for-sale

 

 

511 

 

354 

107 

236 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(57,612)

 

(23,070)

(79,244)

(6,808)

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

 

31,308 

 

51,132 

213,425 

83,924 

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

 

 

8,697 

 

(17,208)

Proceeds from issuance of FHLB advances

 

 

25,704 

 

 -

Net decrease in short-term borrowings

-

(37,839)

Repayment of FHLB advances

 

 

(2,000)

 

 -

(5,000)

-

Repayment of finance lease obligation

(24)

(18)

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan participants

 

 

126 

 

111 

270 

219 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

332 

 

14 

Dividends paid, net of dividends reinvested

 

 

(1,979)

 

(2,098)

Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares

 

 

(11)

 

 -

Dividends paid

(1,512)

(1,071)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

62,177 

 

31,951 

207,159 

45,215 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

16,038 

 

19,163 

153,607 

43,297 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning

 

 

25,843 

 

12,277 

69,346 

15,663 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, ending

 

$

41,881 

 

$

31,440 

$

222,953 

$

58,960 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 


7


Table Of Contents

 

 

 

 

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Nine months ended September 30,

Three months ended March 31,

(dollars in thousands)

 

2017

 

2016

2021

2020

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payments for:

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

2,219 

 

$

1,793 

$

1,046 

$

1,784 

Income tax

 

1,300 

 

500 

-

-

Supplemental Disclosures of Non-cash Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

 

818 

 

1,923 

(9,860)

4,111 

Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets held-for-sale

 

216 

 

1,104 

249 

-

Transfers from loans to loans held-for-sale

 

2,752 

 

3,306 

Transfers from loans to loans held-for-sale, net

1,491 

1,662 

Security settlement pending

7,894 

1,445 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of West Scranton Branch from Wayne Bank

 

March 17, 2017

 

 

Non-cash assets acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

1,574 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment

 

264 

 

 

Goodwill

 

209 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

 

 

 

Total non-cash assets acquired

 

$

2,051 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

13,809 

 

 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

 

59 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

$

13,868 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


8


Table Of Contents

FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

1. Nature of operations and critical accounting policies

Nature of operations

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. (“the Company”) is a bank holding company and the parent of Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank (the Bank). The Bank is a commercial bank chartered under the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. (collectively, the Company).Company. Having commenced operations in 1903, the Bank is committed to provide superior customer service, while offering a full range of banking products and financial and trust services to both our consumer and commercial customers from our main office located in Dunmore and other branches located throughout Lackawanna, Northampton and Luzerne Counties and Wealth Management offices in Schuylkill and Lebanon Counties.

On February 26, 2021, the Company announced the execution of an agreement and plan of reorganization to acquire Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (“Landmark”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Landmark Community Bank (“Landmark Bank”). Subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement, Landmark will merge with and into an acquisition subsidiary of the Company and Landmark Bank will merge with and into the Bank.

On May 1, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of MNB Corporation (“MNB”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Merchants Bank of Bangor. At the time of the acquisition, MNB merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving the merger. In addition, Merchants Bank of Bangor merged with and into the Bank with the Bank as the surviving bank.

Further discussion of the acquisition of MNB and pending acquisition of Landmark can be found in Footnote 9, “Acquisition”.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Bank have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP)(U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to this Form 10-Q and Rule 8-03 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnote disclosures required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial condition and results of operations for the periods have been included. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

For additional information and disclosures required under U.S. GAAP, refer to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.2020.

Management is responsible for the fairness, integrity and objectivity of the unaudited financial statements included in this report. Management prepared the unaudited financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In meeting its responsibility for the financial statements, management depends on the Company's accounting systems and related internal controls. These systems and controls are designed to provide reasonable but not absolute assurance that the financial records accurately reflect the transactions of the Company, the Company’s assets are safeguarded and that the financial statements present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

In the opinion of management, the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 20162020 and the related consolidated statements of income, and consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, and consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, and consolidated statements of cash flows for the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 20162020 present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. All material adjustments required for a fair presentation have been made. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Certain reclassifications have been made to the 20162020 financial statements to conform to the 20172021 presentation.

On August 15, 2017, the Company declared a three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend on its common stock outstanding to shareholders as of September 18, 2017 and distributed on September 28, 2017.  All share and per share information included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company evaluated the events and transactions that occurred after September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 through the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016,2020, and the notes included therein, included within the Company’s Annual Report filed on Form 10-K.

Critical accounting policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 is adequate and reasonable.reasonable to cover incurred losses. Given the subjective nature of identifying and estimating loan losses, it is likely that well-informed individuals could make different

9


Table Of Contents

assumptions and could, therefore, calculate a materially different allowance amount. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, changes in economic conditions may necessitate revisions in the future. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.

9


Table Of Contents

Another material estimate is the calculation of fair values of the Company’s investment securities. Fair values of investment securities are determined by pricing provided by a third-party vendor, who is a provider of financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions. Based on experience, management is aware that estimated fair values of investment securities tend to vary among valuation services. Accordingly, when selling investment securities, price quotes may be obtained from more than one source. All of the Company’s investmentdebt securities are classified as available-for-sale (AFS). AFS debt securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, with unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax, reported separately within shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI).

The fair value of residential mortgage loans, classified as held-for-sale (HFS), is obtained from the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). Generally, the market to which the Company sells residential mortgages it originates for sale is restricted and price quotes from other sources are not typically obtained. On occasion, the Company may transfer loans from the loan portfolio to loans HFS. Under these circumstances, pricing may be obtained from other entities and the residential mortgage loans are transferred at the lower of cost or market value and simultaneously sold. For other loans transferred to HFS, pricing may be obtained from other entities or modeled and the other loans are transferred at the lower of cost or market value and then sold. As of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, loans classified as HFS consisted of residential mortgage loans.

Financing of automobiles, provided to customers under lease arrangements of varying terms, are accounted for as direct finance leases. Interest income on automobile direct finance leasing is determined using the interest method to arrive at a level effective yield over the life of the lease. The lease residual and the lease receivable, net of unearned lease income, are recorded within loans and leases on the balance sheet.

Foreclosed assets held-for-sale includes other real estate acquired through foreclosure (ORE) and may, from time-to-time, include repossessed assets such as automobiles. ORE is carried at the lower of cost (principal balance at date of foreclosure) or fair value less estimated cost to sell. Any write-downs at the date of foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Expenses incurred to maintain ORE properties, subsequent write downs to the asset’s fair value, any rental income received and gains or losses on disposal are included as components of other real estate owned expense in the consolidated statements of income.

We account for business combinations under the purchase method of accounting. The application of this method of accounting requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between assets that are amortized, accreted or depreciated from those that are recorded as goodwill. Estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based upon assumptions that management believes to be reasonable.

Goodwill is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as the excess of liabilities assumed over identifiable assets acquired on the acquisition date. Goodwill is recorded at its net carrying value which represents estimated fair value. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes over a 15 year15-year period. Goodwill is tested for impairment on at least an annual basis. There was 0 goodwill impairment as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Other acquired intangible assets that have finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, are amortized over their estimated useful lives and subject to periodic impairment testing.

The Company maintains bank owned life insurance policies (BOLI) for a selected group of employees,  namely its officers where the Company is the owner and sole beneficiary of the policies.  The earnings from the BOLI are recognized as a component of other income in the consolidated statements of income.  The BOLI is an asset that can be liquidated, if necessary, with tax consequences.  However, the Company intends to hold these policies and accordingly, the Company has not provided for deferred taxes on the earnings from the increase in the cash surrender value.    

The Company holds separate supplemental executive retirement (SERP) agreements for certain officers and an amount is credited to each participant’s SERP account monthly while they are actively employed by the bank until retirement. A deferred tax asset is provided for the non-deductible SERP expense. The Company also entered into separate split dollar life insurance arrangements with three4 executives providing post-retirement benefits and accrues monthly expense for this benefit. The split dollar life insurance expense is not deductible for tax purposes. Monthly expenses for the SERP and post-retirement split dollar life benefit are recorded as components of salaries and employee benefit expense on the consolidated statements of income.

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions.    Expenditures for construction in process, a component of other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, are included in acquisition of premises and equipment.

2. New accounting pronouncements

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (CECL). The amendments in this update require financial assets measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected, through an allowance for credit losses that is deducted from the amortized cost basis. Previously, when credit losses were measured under GAAP, an entity only considered past events and current conditions when measuring the incurred loss. The amendments in this update broaden the information that an entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimate for assets measured either collectively or individually. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount.

10


An entity must use judgement in determining the relevant information and estimation methods that are appropriate under the circumstances. The amendments in this update also require that credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities be presented as an allowance for credit losses rather than a writedown.

In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, which clarifies that receivables arising from operating leases are not within the scope of Topic 326. In December 2018, regulators issued a final rule related to regulatory capital (Regulatory Capital Rule: Implementation and Transition of the Current Expected Credit Losses Methodology for Allowances and Related Adjustments to the Regulatory Capital Rule and Conforming Amendments to Other Regulations) which is intended to provide regulatory capital relief for entities transitioning to CECL. In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging and Topic 825, Financial Instruments. As it relates to CECL, this guidance amends certain provisions contained in ASU 2016-13, particularly in regards to the inclusion of accrued interest in the definition of amortized cost, as well as clarifying that extension and renewal options that are not unconditionally cancelable by the entity that are included in the original or modified contract should be considered in the entity’s determination of expected credit losses.

The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, including interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 for public companies. Early adoption is permitted beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity will apply the amendments in this update through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption (modified-retrospective approach). Upon adoption, the change in this accounting guidance could result in an increase in the Company's allowance for loan

10


Table Of Contents

losses and require the Company to record loan losses more rapidly. The Company has engaged the services of a qualified third-party service provider to assist management in estimating credit allowances under this standard and is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-13 on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, On October 16, 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Improvementsdecided to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.  The areas for simplification in the update involve several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows.  The amendments in this update are effective for annual reporting periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016.  Early adoption is permitted.  Amendments should be applied using either a modified retrospective transition method by means of a cumulative-effect adjustmentmove forward with finalizing its proposal to equity as of the beginning of the period in which the guidance is adopted, retrospectively, prospectively, or using either a prospective transition method or a retrospective transition method.  The Company adopted this accounting standard during the first quarter of 2017 and does not expect this amendment to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP.  The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services.  ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP:  identify the contract(s) with a customer; identify the performance obligations in the contract; determine the transaction price; allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption. 

Subsequently, the FASB issued additional guidance to clarify certain implementation issues. Specifically, the FASB issued Principal versus Agent Considerations, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients and Technical Corrections and Improvements in March, April, May and December 2016, respectively. These amendments do not change the core principle in Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) anddefer the effective date and transition requirements are consistent with those in Topic 606.    The Company’s revenue is comprised of net interest income, which is explicitly excluded from the scope of the guidance, and non-interest income.  The Company is currently assessing our revenue streams that are within the scope of the standard; including wealth management fees, deposit related fees and gains on the sale of other real estate owned.   The Company expects that this guidance may change how certain non-interest income is recognized but does not expect the new standard, or any of its amendments,for ASU 2016-13 for smaller reporting companies to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.  The Company does anticipate the guidance will require expanded footnote disclosures.    The Company plans to adopt this guidance on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective approach with a cumulative adjustment to opening retained earnings, if such adjustment is deemed to be material.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01 related to Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10) Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.  The update applies to all entities that hold financial assets or owe financial liabilities.  The amendments in this update make targeted improvements to U.S. GAAP as follows:

·

Require equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income;

·

Simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment;

·

Require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes;

·

Require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset;

·

Clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities.

The amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017,31, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  Theperiods. Since the Company is evaluatingcurrently meets the impactSEC definition of a smaller reporting company, the adoption of ASU 2016-01 on its consolidated financial statements, but does not expect itdelay will be applicable to have a significant impact.the Company.

In February 2016,August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements.  ASU 2016-02 requires the recognition of a right-of-use asset and related lease liability by lessees for leases classified as operating leases under GAAP.  The Company is expected to make an election to exclude leases less than 12 months from the provisions of this ASU.2018-14, Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans - General (Subtopic 715-20). The amendments in this update are effectivechange the disclosure requirements for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  Early adoption of the amendments in this update are permitted.  A modified retroactive approach must be applied for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period.  Upon adoption, this change in accounting guidance could have a significant impact on the consolidated balance sheets and could potentially impact debt covenant agreements with our customers.  The Company is currently evaluating the amount of the impact of

11


Table Of Contents

ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB released ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) to clarify the presentation of certain cash receipts and payments on the statement of cash flows.  The update addressed eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice.  The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period.  The amendments in this update should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-15 on its consolidated financial statements, but does not expect it to have a significant impact.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) to simplify the test for goodwill impairment.  To simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, the Board eliminated Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test.  Under the amendments in this update, an entity should perform its annual goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.  An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting units fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.  An entity should apply the amendments in his update on a prospective basis.  The amendments in this update are effective for the Company for its annual goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019.  Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017.  The Company will early adopt this standard and it will not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables-Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20) Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities to amend the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium.  The amendments in this update shorten the amortization period for the premium to the earliest call date.defined benefit plans. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginningending after December 15, 2018.  Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period.2020 for the Company. An entity should apply the amendments in this update on a modified retrospective basis throughto all periods presented. The update was effective for the Company on January 1, 2021 and the amendments in this update did not have a cumulative effect adjustment directlymaterial impact on the Company’s disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848) – Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. The amendments in this update provide temporary optional guidance to retained earningsease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The amendments in this update are elective and apply to all entities that have contracts that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The guidance includes a general principle that permits an entity to consider contract modifications due to reference rate reform to be an event that does not require contract remeasurement at the modification date or reassessment of a previous accounting determination. An optional expedient simplifies accounting for contract modifications to loans receivable and debt, by prospectively adjusting the effective interest rate. The amendments in ASU 2020-04 are effective as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company expects to apply the beginning ofamendments prospectively for applicable loan and other contracts within the effective period of adoption.  The Company has adopted this standard and it will not have an effect on its consolidated financial statements.ASU 2020-04.

3. Accumulated other comprehensive income

The following tables illustrate the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income by component and the details about the components of accumulated other comprehensive income as of and for the periods indicated:



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017



Unrealized gains

 

 

 



(losses) on

 

 

 



available-for-sale

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

securities

 

Total

Beginning balance

$

1,381 

 

$

1,381 



 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

 

540 

 

 

540 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 -

 

 

 -

Net current-period other comprehensive income

 

540 

 

 

540 

Ending balance

$

1,921 

 

$

1,921 

As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021

Unrealized gains

(losses) on

available-for-sale

(dollars in thousands)

debt securities

Beginning balance

$

8,952

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax

(7,789)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

-

Net current-period other comprehensive loss

(7,789)

Ending balance

$

1,163




 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the three months ended September 30, 2017



Unrealized gains

 

 

 



(losses) on

 

 

 



available-for-sale

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

securities

 

Total

Beginning balance

$

1,852 

 

$

1,852 



 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

 

69 

 

 

69 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 -

 

 

 -

Net current-period other comprehensive income

 

69 

 

 

69 

Ending balance

$

1,921 

 

$

1,921 



 

 

 

 

 

1211


Table Of Contents



 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016



Unrealized gains

 

 

 



(losses) on

 

 

 



available-for-sale

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

securities

 

Total

Beginning balance

$

2,188 

 

$

2,188 



 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

 

1,275 

 

 

1,275 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

(6)

 

 

(6)

Net current-period other comprehensive income

 

1,269 

 

 

1,269 

Ending balance

$

3,457 

 

$

3,457 



 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2020

Unrealized gains

(losses) on

available-for-sale

(dollars in thousands)

securities

Beginning balance

$

3,602

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

3,248

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

-

Net current-period other comprehensive income

3,248

Ending balance

$

6,850



 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the three months ended September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 



Unrealized gains

 

 

 



(losses) on

 

 

 



available-for-sale

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

securities

 

Total

Beginning balance

$

3,695 

 

$

3,695 



 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax

 

(238)

 

 

(238)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 -

 

 

 -

Net current-period other comprehensive loss

 

(238)

 

 

(238)

Ending balance

$

3,457 

 

$

3,457 



 

 

 

 

 

There were 0 amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Details about accumulated other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

comprehensive income components

Amount reclassified from accumulated

 

Affected line item in the statement

(dollars in thousands)

other comprehensive income

 

where net income is presented



Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

 



September 30,

 

September 30,

 

 



2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains on AFS securities

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 

Gain on sale of investment securities



 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(3)

 

Provision for income taxes

Total reclassifications for the period

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 

Net income

4. Investment securities

Agency – Government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) and MBSMortgage-backed securities (MBS) - GSE residential

Agency – GSE and MBS – GSE residential securities consist of short- to long-term notes issued by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)FNMA, FHLB and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA). These securities have interest rates that are fixed and adjustable, have varying short-short to long-term maturity dates and have contractual cash flows guaranteed by the U.S. government or agencies of the U.S. government.

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

The municipal securities are bank qualified or bank eligible, general obligation and revenue bonds rated as investment grade by various credit rating agencies and have fixed rates of interest with mid- to long-term maturities. Fair values of these securities are highly driven by interest rates. Management performs ongoing credit quality reviews on these issues.

13


Table Of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 20162020 are summarized as follows:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 



 

Amortized

 

unrealized

 

unrealized

 

Fair

(dollars in thousands)

 

cost

 

gains

 

losses

 

value

September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency - GSE

 

$

16,269 

 

$

21 

 

$

(77)

 

$

16,213 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

41,759 

 

 

2,056 

 

 

(80)

 

 

43,735 

MBS - GSE residential

 

 

90,761 

 

 

804 

 

 

(294)

 

 

91,271 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt securities

 

 

148,789 

 

 

2,881 

 

 

(451)

 

 

151,219 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities - financial services

 

 

294 

 

 

482 

 

 

 -

 

 

776 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

149,083 

 

$

3,363 

 

$

(451)

 

$

151,995 

Gross

Gross

Amortized

unrealized

unrealized

Fair

(dollars in thousands)

cost

gains

losses

value

March 31, 2021

Available-for-sale debt securities:

Agency - GSE

$

58,792

$

336

$

(2,278)

$

56,850

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

226,443

5,118

(3,400)

228,161

MBS - GSE residential

149,915

3,047

(1,351)

151,611

Total available-for-sale debt securities

$

435,150

$

8,501

$

(7,029)

$

436,622



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 



 

Amortized

 

unrealized

 

unrealized

 

Fair

(dollars in thousands)

 

cost

 

gains

 

losses

 

value

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency - GSE

 

$

18,362 

 

$

58 

 

$

(144)

 

$

18,276 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

38,648 

 

 

1,803 

 

 

(260)

 

 

40,191 

MBS - GSE residential

 

 

70,639 

 

 

851 

 

 

(553)

 

 

70,937 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt securities

 

 

127,649 

 

 

2,712 

 

 

(957)

 

 

129,404 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities - financial services

 

 

294 

 

 

339 

 

 

 -

 

 

633 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

$

127,943 

 

$

3,051 

 

$

(957)

 

$

130,037 

Gross

Gross

Amortized

unrealized

unrealized

Fair

(dollars in thousands)

cost

gains

losses

value

December 31, 2020

Available-for-sale debt securities:

Agency - GSE

$

45,146

$

392

$

(91)

$

45,447

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

192,385

7,480

(152)

199,713

MBS - GSE residential

143,557

3,881

(178)

147,260

Total available-for-sale debt securities

$

381,088

$

11,753

$

(421)

$

392,420


12


Table Of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 by contractual maturity are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

Amortized

Fair

(dollars in thousands)

 

cost

 

value

cost

value

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

4,004 

 

$

4,007 

$

967

$

1,007

Due after one year through five years

 

 

13,084 

 

13,120 

5,961

6,298

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

2,556 

 

2,649 

73,232

70,598

Due after ten years

 

 

38,384 

 

40,172 

205,075

207,108

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt securities

 

 

58,028 

 

59,948 

 

 

 

 

 

MBS - GSE residential

 

 

90,761 

 

91,271 

149,915

151,611

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale debt securities

 

$

148,789 

 

$

151,219 

$

435,150

$

436,622

Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers and borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalty. Agency – GSE and municipal securities are included based on their original stated maturity. MBS – GSE residential, which are based on weighted-average lives and subject to monthly principal pay-downs, are listed in total. Most of the securities have fixed rates or have predetermined scheduled rate changes and many have call features that allow the issuer to call the security at par before its stated maturity without penalty.

14


Table Of Contents

The following table presents the fair value and gross unrealized losses of investmentdebt securities aggregated by investment type, the length of time and the number of securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016:  2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

More than 12 months

 

Total

Less than 12 months

More than 12 months

Total

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

(dollars in thousands)

 

value

 

losses

 

value

 

losses

 

value

 

losses

value

losses

value

losses

value

losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2021

Agency - GSE

 

$

5,051 

 

$

(29)

 

$

3,022 

 

$

(48)

 

$

8,073 

 

$

(77)

$

50,552 

$

(2,278)

$

-

$

-

$

50,552 

$

(2,278)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

2,416 

 

(41)

 

2,254 

 

(39)

 

4,670 

 

(80)

127,546 

(3,400)

-

-

127,546 

(3,400)

MBS - GSE residential

 

34,146 

 

(208)

 

4,740 

 

(86)

 

38,886 

 

(294)

67,080 

(1,351)

-

-

67,080 

(1,351)

Total

 

$

41,613 

 

$

(278)

 

$

10,016 

 

$

(173)

 

$

51,629 

 

$

(451)

$

245,178 

$

(7,029)

$

-

$

-

$

245,178 

$

(7,029)

Number of securities

 

29 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38 

 

 

128 

-

128 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

Agency - GSE

 

$

6,032 

 

$

(144)

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

6,032 

 

$

(144)

$

27,602 

$

(91)

$

-

$

-

$

27,602 

$

(91)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

8,690 

 

(260)

 

 -

 

 -

 

8,690 

 

(260)

15,256 

(152)

-

-

15,256 

(152)

MBS - GSE residential

 

41,111 

 

(553)

 

 -

 

 -

 

41,111 

 

(553)

14,753 

(178)

-

-

14,753 

(178)

Total

 

$

55,833 

 

$

(957)

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

55,833 

 

$

(957)

$

57,611 

$

(421)

$

-

$

-

$

57,611 

$

(421)

Number of securities

 

48 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

48 

 

 

30 

-

30 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company had thirty-eight128 debt securities in an unrealized loss position at September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, including eight22 agency securities, twenty-two22 mortgage-backed securities and eight84 municipal securities. The severity of these unrealized losses based on their underlying cost basis was as follows at September 30, 2017:  0.94%March 31, 2021: 4.31% for agencies; 0.75%agencies, 1.97% for total MBS-GSE; and 1.69%2.60% for municipals. In addition, three agency securities, three mortgage-backed securities and three municipalNone of these securities had been in an unrealized loss position in excess of 12 months. The changesManagement has no intent to sell any securities in the prices on these securities are the resultan unrealized loss position as of interest rate movement and management believes they are temporary in nature.March 31, 2021.

Management believes the cause of the unrealized losses is related to changes in interest rates, instability in the capital markets or the limited trading activity due to illiquid conditions in the debt market and is not directly related to credit quality. Quarterly, management conducts a formal review of investment securities for the presence of other-than-temporaryother than temporary impairment (OTTI). The accounting guidance related to OTTI requires the Company to assess whether OTTI is present when the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost as of the balance sheet date. Under those circumstances, OTTI is considered to have occurred if: (1) the entity has the intent to sell the security; (2) more likely than not the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost. The accounting guidance requires that credit-related OTTI be recognized in earnings while non-credit-related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold be recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI). Non-credit-related OTTI is based on other factors affecting market value, including illiquidity.

13


Table Of Contents

The Company’s OTTI evaluation process also follows the guidance set forth in topics related to debt and equity securities. The guidance set forth in the pronouncements require the Company to take into consideration current market conditions, fair value in relationship to cost, extent and nature of changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, volatility of earnings, current analysts’ evaluations, all available information relevant to the collectability of debt securities, the ability and intent to hold investments until a recovery of fair value which may be to maturity and other factors when evaluating for the existence of OTTI. The guidance requires that credit-related OTTI be recognized as a realized loss through earnings when there has been an adverse change in the holder’s expected cash flows such that the full amount (principal and interest) will probably not be received. This requirement is consistent with the impairment model in the guidance for accounting for debt and equity securities.

For all security types,debt securities, as of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the Company applied the criteria provided in the recognition and presentation guidance related to OTTI. That is, management has no intent to sell the securities and nonor any conditions were identified by management that, more likely than not, would require the Company to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis. The results indicated there was no presence of OTTI in the Company’s security portfolio. In addition, management believes the change in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates.

15


Table Of Contents

5. Loans and leases

The classifications of loans and leases at September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 20162020 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

September 30, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

$

112,096 

 

$

98,477 

$

295,595

$

280,757

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

93,398 

 

87,220 

202,500

192,143

Owner occupied

 

109,598 

 

113,104 

179,932

179,923

Construction

 

6,123 

 

3,987 

11,721

10,231

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

28,282 

 

28,466 

38,425

40,147

Home equity line of credit

 

53,177 

 

51,609 

47,675

49,725

Auto loans and leases

 

79,629 

 

56,841 

Auto loans

96,841

98,386

Direct finance leases

20,421

20,095

Other

 

5,784 

 

13,301 

6,098

7,602

Residential:

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

138,709 

 

134,475 

221,766

218,445

Construction

 

8,315 

 

10,496 

22,340

23,357

Total

 

635,111 

 

597,976 

1,143,314

1,120,811

Less:

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(9,356)

 

(9,364)

(14,839)

(14,202)

Unearned lease revenue

 

(644)

 

(482)

(1,155)

(1,159)

 

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

$

625,111 

 

$

588,130 

$

1,127,320

$

1,105,450

As of March 31, 2021, total loans of $1.1 billion were reflected net of deferred loan fees of $0.4 million, including $4.3 million in deferred fee income from Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans net of $3.9 million in deferred loan costs on other loans. Net deferred loan costs of $2.0$1.7 million, and $1.8including $2.2 million in deferred fee income from PPP loans net of $3.9 million in deferred loan costs, have been included in the carrying values of loans at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.2020.

Commercial and industrial loan balances were $295.6 million at March 31, 2021 and $280.8 million on December 31, 2020. As of March 31, 2021, the commercial and industrial loan balance included $144.7 million in PPP loans (net of deferred fees) compared to $129.9 million as of December 31, 2020.

Direct finance leases include the lease receivable and the guaranteed lease residual. Unearned lease revenue represents the difference between the lessor’s investment in the property and the gross investment in the lease. Unearned revenue is accrued over the life of the lease using the effective interest method.

The Company services real estate loans for investors in the secondary mortgage market which are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The approximate unpaid principal balance of mortgages serviced amounted to $296.9$420.5 million as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and $285.2$366.5 million as of December 31, 2016.2020. Mortgage servicing rights amounted to $1.8 million and $1.3 million both as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, respectively.

Management is responsible for conducting the Company’s credit risk evaluation process, which includes credit risk grading of individual commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans. Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans are assigned credit risk grades based on the Company’s assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet its contractual obligations under the loan agreement. That process includes reviewing borrowers’ current financial information, historical payment

14


Table Of Contents

experience, credit documentation, public information and other information specific to each individual borrower. Upon review, the commercial loan credit risk grade is revised or reaffirmed as the case may be.reaffirmed. The credit risk grades may be changed at any time management feels an upgrade or downgrade may be warranted. The Company utilizes an external independent loan review firm that reviews and validates the credit risk program on at least an annual basis. Results of these reviews are presented to management and the board of directors. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.

The global pandemic referred to as COVID-19 has created many barriers to loan production relative to the measures taken to slow the spread. These measures have put a large strain on a wide variety of industries within the global economy generally, and the Company’s market specifically. The overall economic impact and effect of the measures is yet to be fully understood as its effects will most likely lag timewise behind while businesses and governments inject resources to help lessen the impact. Despite efforts to lessen the impact, it is the Company’s current belief that the pandemic will temporarily, or in some cases permanently, damage our borrower’s ability to repay loans and comply with terms.

Paycheck Protection Program Loans

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, was signed into law on March 27, 2020, and provided over $2.0 trillion in emergency economic relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act authorized the Small Business Administration (SBA) to temporarily guarantee loans under a new 7(a) loan program called the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP).

As a qualified SBA lender, the Company was automatically authorized to originate PPP loans. The SBA will guarantee 100% of the PPP loans made to eligible borrowers. The entire principal amount of the borrowers’ PPP loan, including any accrued interest, is eligible to be reduced by the loan forgiveness amount under the PPP.

On December 27, 2020, the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues Act (Economic Aid Act) was enacted, extending the authority to make PPP loans through March 31, 2021, revising certain PPP requirements, and permitting second draw PPP loans. On March 11, 2021, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (American Rescue Plan Act) was enacted expanding eligibility for first and second draw PPP loans and revising the exclusions from payroll costs for purposes of loan forgiveness.

As of March 31, 2021, the Company had 1,414 PPP loans outstanding totaling $149.1 million, which represents a $17.0 million, or 13%, increase from the 1,246 loans totaling $132.1 million as of December 31, 2020. During the first quarter of 2021, the Company recognized $1.8 million in SBA fees from PPP loans. Unearned fees attributed to PPP loans, net of $0.2 million in fees paid to referral sources as prescribed by the SBA under the PPP program, were $4.3 million as of March 31, 2021.

Acquired loans

Acquired loans are marked to fair value on the date of acquisition. For detailed information on calculating the fair value of acquired loans, see Footnote 9, “Acquisition.”

The carryover of allowance for loan losses related to acquired loans is prohibited as any credit losses in the loans are included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. The allowance for loan losses on acquired loans reflects only those losses incurred after acquisition and represents the present value of cash flows expected at acquisition that is no longer expected to be collected.

The Company reported provisional fair value adjustments regarding the acquired MNB Corporation loan portfolio. Therefore, the Company did not record an allowance on the acquired non-purchased credit impaired loans. In conjunction with the quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company performs an analysis on acquired loans to determine whether there has been subsequent deterioration in relation to those loans. If deterioration has occurred, the Company will include these loans in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses after the initial valuation and provide reserves accordingly.

Upon acquisition, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company has individually determined whether each acquired loan is within the scope of ASC 310-30 deemed as purchased credit impaired (PCI). As part of this process, the Company’s senior management and other relevant individuals reviewed the seller’s loan portfolio on a loan-by-loan basis to determine if any loans met the two-part definition of an impaired loan as defined by ASC 310-30: 1) Credit deterioration on the loan from its inception until the acquisition date, and 2) It is probable that not all contractual cash flows will be collected on the loan.

With regards to ASC 310-30 loans, for external disclosure purposes, the aggregate contractual cash flows less the aggregate expected cash flows result in a credit related non-accretable yield amount. The aggregate expected cash flows less the acquisition date fair value result in an accretable yield amount. The accretable yield reflects the contractual cash flows management expects to collect above the loan's acquisition date fair value and will be recognized over the life of the loan on a level-yield basis as a component of interest income.

Over the life of the acquired ASC 310-30 loan, the Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected. Decreases in expected cash flows, other than from prepayments or rate adjustments, are recognized as impairments through a charge to the provision for credit losses resulting in an increase in the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent improvements in cash flows result in first, reversal of existing valuation allowances recognized after acquisition, if any, and next, an increase in the amount of accretable

15


Table Of Contents

yield to be subsequently recognized on a prospective basis over the loan’s remaining life.

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans that met the criteria for non-accrual of interest prior to acquisition are considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if the Company can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of expected cash flows on such loans. Accordingly, the Company does not consider acquired contractually delinquent loans to be non-accruing and continues to recognize accretable yield on these loans which is recognized as interest income on a level yield method over the life of the loan.

Acquired ASC 310-20 loans, which are loans that did not meet the criteria above, were pooled into groups of similar loans based on various factors including borrower type, loan purpose, and collateral type. For these pools, the Company used certain loan information, including outstanding principal balance, estimated expected losses, weighted average maturity, weighted average margin, and weighted average interest rate along with estimated prepayment rates, expected lifetime losses, and environment factors to estimate the expected cash flow for each loan pool.

Within the ASC 310-20 loans, the Company identified certain loans that have higher risk due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Although performing at the time of acquisition and likely will continue making payments in accordance with contractual terms, management elected a higher credit adjustment on these loans to reflect the greater inherent risk that the borrower will default on payments. These higher risk factors include loans that requested forbearance consistent with FIL-17-2020 FDIC Statement on Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus and Regulatory and Supervisory Assistance, loans that were in industries determined to be at greater risk to economic disruption due to COVID-19, and loans that had a prior history of delinquency greater than 60 days at any point in the lifetime of the loan.

The following table provides changes in accretable yield for all acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30. Loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 are not included in this table.

For the three months ended

(dollars in thousands)

March 31, 2021

Balance at beginning of period

$

563

Accretable yield on acquired loans

-

Reclassification from non-accretable difference

13

Accretion of accretable yield

(103)

Balance at end of period

$

473

During the first quarter of 2021, management performed an analysis of all loans accounted for under ASC 310-30. NaN loans had actual payments exceed estimates resulting in a $13 thousand reclassification from non-accretable discount to accretable discount. Additionally, 1 loan was paid off with $17 thousand in accretable yield and $269 in non-accretable yield amortized to interest income.

Cash flows expected to be collected on acquired loans are estimated quarterly by incorporating several key assumptions. These key assumptions include probability of default and the number of actual prepayments after the acquisition date. Prepayments affect the estimated life of the loans and could change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal expected to be collected. In reforecasting future estimated cash flows, credit loss expectations are adjusted as necessary. Improved cash flow expectations for loans or pools are recorded first as a reversal of previously recorded impairment, if any, and then as an increase in prospective yield when all previously recorded impairment has been recaptured.

Non-accrual loans

Non-accrual loans, segregated by class, at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, were as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Commercial and industrial

$

507

$

590

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

821

846

Owner occupied

1,560

1,123

Consumer:

Home equity installment

26

61

Home equity line of credit

287

395

Auto loans

14

27

Residential:

Real estate

714

727

Total

$

3,929

$

3,769

The table above excludes $1.3 million in purchased credit impaired loans, net of unamortized fair value adjustments.

16


Table Of Contents

The decision to place loans on non-accrual status is made on an individual basis after considering factors pertaining to each specific loan. CommercialC&I and industrial (C&I) and commercial real estate (CRE)CRE loans are placed on non-accrual status when management has determined that payment of all contractual principal and interest is in doubt or the loan is past due 90 days or more as to principal and interest, unless well-secured and in the process of collection. Consumer loans secured by real estate and residential mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status at 12090 days past due as to principal and interest and unsecured consumer loans are charged-off when the loan is 90 days or more past due as to principal and interest. The Company considers all non-accrual loans to be impaired loans.

16


Table Of Contents

Non-accrual loans, segregated by class, at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, were as follows:



 

 

 

 

 



 

(dollars in thousands)

September 30, 2017

 

December 31, 2016



 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

$

14 

 

$

11 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

584 

 

 

1,407 

Owner occupied

 

1,148 

 

 

3,078 

Construction

 

169 

 

 

193 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

15 

 

 

31 

Home equity line of credit

 

513 

 

 

737 

Auto loans and leases

 

 -

 

 

25 

Other

 

 -

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

1,421 

 

 

1,882 

Total

$

3,864 

 

$

7,370 

Troubled Debt Restructuring (TDR)

A modification of a loan constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification constitutes a concession. The Company considers all TDRs to be impaired loans. The Company offers various types oftypically considers the following concessions when modifying a loan, however, forgiveness of principal is rarely granted.  C&I loans modified in a TDR often involvewhich may include lowering interest rates below the market rate, temporary interest-only payments,payment periods, term extensions and converting revolving credit lines to term loans.  Additional collateral, a co-borrower, or a guarantor is often requested.  CRE loans modified in a TDR can involve reducing theat interest rate for the remaining term of the loan, extending the maturity date at an interest raterates lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk and/or substituting converting revolving credit lines to term loans. The Company typically does not forgive principal when granting a TDR modification.

Consistent with Section 4013 and the Revised Statement of Section 4013 of the CARES Act, specifically “Temporary Relief From Troubled Debt Restructurings”, the Company approved requests by borrowers to modify loan terms and defer principal and/or addinginterest payment for loans. U.S. GAAP permits the suspension of TDR determination defined under ASC 310-40 provided that such modifications are made on a newgood faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief. This includes short-term (i.e. six months) modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or delays in payment that are insignificant. Borrowers considered current for purposes of Section 4013 are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at the time the modification program is implemented.

Beginning the week of March 16, 2020, the Company began receiving requests for temporary modifications to the repayment structure for borrower loans. Modification terms included interest only or guarantor.  Commercial real estate constructionfull payment deferral for up to 6 months. As of March 31, 2021, the Company had 5 temporary modifications with principal balances totaling $0.7 million. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 10 temporary modifications with principal balances totaling $2.2 million.

There were 0 loans modified in a TDR may also involve extendingfor the interest-only payment period.  Residential mortgage loans modified in a TDR are primarily comprised of loans where monthly payments are lowered to accommodate the borrowers’ financial needs for an extended period of time.  After the lowered monthly payment period ends, the borrower would revert back to paying principalthree months ended March 31, 2021 and interest pursuant to the original terms with the maturity date adjusted accordingly.  Consumer loan modifications are typically not granted and therefore standard modification terms do not exist for loans of this type.

Loans modified in a TDR may or may not be placed on non-accrual status.  As of September 30, 2017, total TDRs amounted to $3.9  million, consisting of 15 loans (12 CRE loans, 1 C&I loan, 1 HELOC and 1 residential mortgage to 10 unrelated borrowers), of which two CRE loans, totaling $0.7 million, one HELOC, totaling $0.4 million, and one residential mortgage, totaling $0.9 million, were on non-accrual status.  The September 30, 2017 balance represented a $0.6 million increase over the December 31, 2016 balance, which amounted to $3.3 million consisting of 9 loans (6 CRE loans, 1 C&I loan, 1 HELOC and 1 residential mortgage to 6 unrelated borrowers), of which the HELOC, totaling $0.6 million, and the residential mortgage, totaling $0.9 million, were on non-accrual status.  This increase in TDRs was attributed to the addition of the six accruing TDRs in the category of CRE, totaling $1.0 million in the first nine months of 2017.2020. Of the TDRs outstanding as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, when modified, the concessions granted consisted of temporary interest-only payments, extensions of maturity date, or a reduction in the rate of interest to a below-market rate for a contractual period of time. Other than the TDRs that were placed on non-accrual status, the TDRs were performing in accordance with their modified terms.

17


Table Of Contents

There were no loans modified in a TDR during the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.  The following presents by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Loans modified as TDRs for the nine months ended:

(dollars in thousands)

September 30, 2017

 

September 30, 2016



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Recorded

 

Increase in

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Increase in



 

Number

 

investment

 

allowance

 

Number

 

investment

 

allowance



 

of

 

(as of

 

(as of

 

of

 

(as of

 

(as of



 

contracts

 

period end)

 

period end)

 

contracts

 

period end)

 

period end)

Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

 

 1

 

$

119 

 

$

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Commercial real estate - owner occupied

 

 5

 

 

926 

 

 

187 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer home equity line of credit

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 1

 

 

650 

 

 

105 

Total

 

 6

 

$

1,045 

 

$

191 

 

 1

 

$

650 

 

$

105 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the above table, the period end balance is inclusive of all partial pay downs and charge-offs since the modification date.  For all loans modified in a TDR, the pre-modification recorded investment was the same as the post-modification recorded investment.

The following presents by class, loans modified as a TDR that subsequently defaulted (i.e. 90 days or more past due following a modification) during the periods indicated:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted during the:

(dollars in thousands)

Nine months ended September 30, 2017

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2016



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

 

Number of

 

Recorded



 

contracts

 

investment

 

 

contracts

 

investment

Commercial real estate - owner occupied

 

 

$

 -

 

 

1

$

20



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the above table, the period end balances are inclusive of all partial pay downs and charge-offs since the modification date.

Loans modified in a TDR are closely monitored for delinquency as an early indicator of possible future default. If loans modified in a TDR subsequently default, the Company evaluates the loan for possible further impairment. There were no loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted (i.e. 90 days or more past due following a modification) during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.

The allowance for loan losses (allowance) may be increased, adjustments may be made in the allocation of the allowance or partial charge-offs may be taken to further write-down the carrying value of the loan. An allowance for impaired loans that have been modified in a TDR is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the loan’s observable market price. If the loan is collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral is used to establish the allowance.

As of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 2016, respectively,2020, the balance of outstanding TDRs was $3.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2021 and 2020, the allowance for impaired loans that have been modified in a TDR was $0.8$0.7 million and $0.4$0.2 million, respectively.


17


Table Of Contents

Past due loans

Loans are considered past due when the contractual principal and/or interest is not received by the due date. For loans reported 30-59 days past due, certain categories of loans are reported past due as and when the loan is in arrears for two payments or billing cycles. An aging analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans, as of the period indicated is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

Recorded

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

investment past

Past due

investment past

30 - 59 Days

 

60 - 89 Days

 

90 days

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Total

 

due ≥ 90 days

30 - 59 Days

60 - 89 Days

90 days

Total

Total

due ≥ 90 days

September 30, 2017

past due

 

past due

 

 or more (1)

 

past due

 

Current

 

loans (3)

 

and accruing

March 31, 2021

past due

past due

or more (1)

past due

Current

loans (3)

and accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

$

56 

 

$

116 

 

$

14 

 

$

186 

 

$

111,910 

 

$

112,096 

 

$

 -

185 

-

507 

692 

294,903 

295,595 

-

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

528 

 

658 

 

584 

 

1,770 

 

91,628 

 

93,398 

 

 -

-

-

821 

821 

201,679 

202,500 

-

Owner occupied

 

54 

 

 -

 

1,148 

 

1,202 

 

108,396 

 

109,598 

 

 -

-

-

1,560 

1,560 

178,372 

179,932 

-

Construction

 

 -

 

 -

 

169 

 

169 

 

5,954 

 

6,123 

 

 -

-

-

-

-

11,721 

11,721 

-

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

156 

 

26 

 

15 

 

197 

 

28,085 

 

28,282 

 

 -

130 

26 

161 

38,264 

38,425 

-

Home equity line of credit

 

61 

 

72 

 

513 

 

646 

 

52,531 

 

53,177 

 

 -

55 

-

287 

342 

47,333 

47,675 

-

Auto loans and leases

 

181 

 

102 

 

 -

 

283 

 

78,702 

 

78,985 

(2)

 

 -

Auto loans

103 

52 

46 

201 

96,640 

96,841 

32 

Direct finance leases

107 

194 

27 

328 

18,938 

19,266 

(2)

27 

Other

 

88 

 

12 

 

 -

 

100 

 

5,684 

 

5,784 

 

 -

-

-

6,094 

6,098 

-

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 -

 

334 

 

1,421 

 

1,755 

 

136,954 

 

138,709 

 

 -

77 

-

714 

791 

220,975 

221,766 

-

Construction

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

8,315 

 

8,315 

 

 -

-

-

-

-

22,340 

22,340 

-

Total

$

1,124 

 

$

1,320 

 

$

3,864 

 

$

6,308 

 

$

628,159 

 

$

634,467 

 

$

 -

$

661 

$

251 

$

3,988 

$

4,900 

$

1,137,259 

$

1,142,159 

$

59 

(1) Includes $3.9 million of non-accrual loans. (2) Net of unearned lease revenue of $0.6$1.2 million. (3) Includes net deferred loan fees of ($448 thousand).

Recorded

Past due

investment past

30 - 59 Days

60 - 89 Days

90 days

Total

Total

due ≥ 90 days

December 31, 2020

past due

past due

or more (1)

past due

Current

loans (3)

and accruing

Commercial and industrial

$

288 

505 

590 

1,383 

279,374 

280,757 

-

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

79 

-

846 

925 

191,218 

192,143 

-

Owner occupied

-

1,123 

1,124 

178,799 

179,923 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

10,231 

10,231 

-

Consumer:

Home equity installment

102 

-

61 

163 

39,984 

40,147 

-

Home equity line of credit

24 

-

395 

419 

49,306 

49,725 

-

Auto loans

197 

25 

27 

249 

98,137 

98,386 

-

Direct finance leases

294 

-

61 

355 

18,581 

18,936 

(2)

61 

Other

-

-

7,593 

7,602 

-

Residential:

Real estate

-

74 

727 

801 

217,644 

218,445 

-

Construction

-

-

-

-

23,357 

23,357 

-

Total

$

994 

$

604 

$

3,830 

$

5,428 

$

1,114,224 

$

1,119,652 

$

61 

(1) Includes non-accrual loans. (2) Net of unearned lease revenue of $1.2 million. (3) Includes net deferred loan costs of $2.0$1.7 million.


18


Table Of Contents

Impaired loans

Impaired loans, segregated by class, as of the period indicated are detailed below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

Recorded

Recorded

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

investment past

Unpaid

investment

investment

Total

30 - 59 Days

 

60 - 89 Days

 

90 days

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Total

 

due ≥ 90 days

principal

with

with no

recorded

Related

December 31, 2016

past due

 

past due

 

 or more (1)

 

past due

 

Current

 

loans (3)

 

and accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

balance

allowance

allowance

investment

allowance

March 31, 2021

Commercial and industrial

$

208 

 

$

 -

 

$

11 

 

$

219 

 

$

98,258 

 

$

98,477 

 

$

 -

$

605 

$

461 

$

46 

$

507 

$

150 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

180 

 

 -

 

1,407 

 

1,587 

 

85,633 

 

87,220 

 

 -

2,834 

1,678 

1,144 

2,822 

490 

Owner occupied

 

13 

 

776 

 

3,078 

 

3,867 

 

109,237 

 

113,104 

 

 -

2,414 

1,851 

197 

2,048 

602 

Construction

 

 -

 

 -

 

193 

 

193 

 

3,794 

 

3,987 

 

 -

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

213 

 

25 

 

31 

 

269 

 

28,197 

 

28,466 

 

 -

59 

-

26 

26 

-

Home equity line of credit

 

 -

 

 -

 

737 

 

737 

 

50,872 

 

51,609 

 

 -

336 

32 

255 

287 

Auto loans and leases

 

293 

 

59 

 

44 

 

396 

 

55,963 

 

56,359 

(2)

 

19 

Other

 

37 

 

 

 

45 

 

13,256 

 

13,301 

 

 -

Auto loans

37 

10 

14 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

14 

 

421 

 

1,882 

 

2,317 

 

132,158 

 

134,475 

 

 -

762 

554 

160 

714 

141 

Construction

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

10,496 

 

10,496 

 

 -

Total

$

958 

 

$

1,283 

 

$

7,389 

 

$

9,630 

 

$

587,864 

 

$

597,494 

 

$

19 

$

7,047 

$

4,586 

$

1,832 

$

6,418 

$

1,387 

(1) Includes $7.4

Recorded

Recorded

Unpaid

investment

investment

Total

principal

with

with no

recorded

Related

(dollars in thousands)

balance

allowance

allowance

investment

allowance

December 31, 2020

Commercial and industrial

$

688 

$

549 

$

41 

$

590 

$

213 

Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

2,960 

1,677 

1,171 

2,848 

481 

Owner occupied

2,058 

1,219 

473 

1,692 

309 

Consumer:

Home equity installment

106 

-

61 

61 

-

Home equity line of credit

443 

105 

290 

395 

48 

Auto loans

50 

27 

-

27 

Residential:

Real estate

774 

559 

168 

727 

151 

Total

$

7,079 

$

4,136 

$

2,204 

$

6,340 

$

1,206 

At March 31, 2021, impaired loans totaled $6.4 million consisting of $2.5 million in accruing TDRs and $3.9 million in non-accrual loans. (2) NetAt December 31, 2020, impaired loans totaled $6.3 million consisting of unearned lease revenue$2.5 million in accruing TDRs and $3.8 million in non-accrual loans. As of $0.5 million.  (3) Includes net deferred loan costsMarch 31, 2021, the non-accrual loans included 3 TDRs to 2 unrelated borrowers totaling $0.7 million compared with 4 TDRs to 3 unrelated borrowers totaling $0.7 million as of $1.8 million.December 31, 2020.

Impaired loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events; it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Factors considered in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting payments when due. The significance of payment delays and/or shortfalls is determined on a case-by-case basis. All circumstances surrounding the loan are taken into account.considered. Such factors include the length of the delinquency, the underlying reasons and the borrower’s prior payment record. Impairment is measured on these loans on a loan-by-loan basis. Impaired loans include non-accrual loans, TDRs and other loans deemed to be impaired based on the aforementioned factors.

At September 30, 2017, impaired loans consisted of accruing TDRs of $1.9 million, $3.9 million in non-accrual loans and $1.5 million in accruing impaired loans.  At December 31, 2016, impaired loans consisted of accruing TDRs of $1.8 million, $7.4 million in non-accrual loans and $2.2 million in accruing loans.  As of September 30, 2017, the non-accrual loans included four TDRs to three unrelated borrowers totaling $2.0 million compared with two TDRs totaling $1.5 million as of December 31, 2016.    

Impaired loans, segregated by class, as of the period indicated are detailed below:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

 

 

 

 

 



Unpaid

 

investment

 

investment

 

Total

 

 

 



principal

 

with

 

with no

 

recorded

 

Related

(dollars in thousands)

balance

 

allowance

 

allowance

 

investment

 

allowance

September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

$

228 

 

$

204 

 

$

24 

 

$

228 

 

$

193 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

2,405 

 

 

1,997 

 

 

288 

 

 

2,285 

 

 

612 

Owner occupied

 

2,769 

 

 

2,452 

 

 

254 

 

 

2,706 

 

 

464 

Construction

 

392 

 

 

 -

 

 

169 

 

 

169 

 

 

 -

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

48 

 

 

 -

 

 

15 

 

 

15 

 

 

 -

Home equity line of credit

 

809 

 

 

81 

 

 

432 

 

 

513 

 

 

53 

Auto loans and leases

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Other

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

1,439 

 

 

1,158 

 

 

263 

 

 

1,421 

 

 

317 

Construction

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

$

8,098 

 

$

5,892 

 

$

1,445 

 

$

7,337 

 

$

1,639 

19


Table Of Contents



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

 

 

 

 

 



Unpaid

 

investment

 

investment

 

Total

 

 

 



principal

 

with

 

with no

 

recorded

 

Related

(dollars in thousands)

balance

 

allowance

 

allowance

 

investment

 

allowance

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

$

235 

 

$

206 

 

$

29 

 

$

235 

 

$

193 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

3,346 

 

 

2,611 

 

 

405 

 

 

3,016 

 

 

993 

Owner occupied

 

5,363 

 

 

4,351 

 

 

876 

 

 

5,227 

 

 

1,389 

Construction

 

416 

 

 

 -

 

 

193 

 

 

193 

 

 

 -

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

64 

 

 

 -

 

 

31 

 

 

31 

 

 

 -

Home equity line of credit

 

778 

 

 

650 

 

 

87 

 

 

737 

 

 

167 

Auto

 

25 

 

 

25 

 

 

 -

 

 

25 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

1,949 

 

 

1,466 

 

 

416 

 

 

1,882 

 

 

315 

Construction

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

$

12,182 

 

$

9,315 

 

$

2,037 

 

$

11,352 

 

$

3,061 

The following table presents the average recorded investments in impaired loans and related amount of interest income recognized during the periods indicated below. The average balances are calculated based on the quarter-end balances of impaired loans. Payments received from non-accruing impaired loans are first applied against the outstanding principal balance, then to the recovery of any charged-off amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of interest income. Payments received from accruing impaired loans are applied to principal and interest, as contractually agreed upon.




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



For the nine months ended



September 30, 2017

 

September 30, 2016



 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash basis



Average

 

Interest

 

interest

 

Average

 

Interest

 

interest



recorded

 

income

 

income

 

recorded

 

income

 

income

(dollars in thousands)

investment

 

recognized

 

recognized

 

investment

 

recognized

 

recognized

Commercial and industrial

$

232 

 

$

 

$

 -

 

$

502 

 

$

12 

 

$

 -

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

3,054 

 

 

114 

 

 

 -

 

 

5,030 

 

 

93 

 

 

 -

Owner occupied

 

4,393 

 

 

223 

 

 

 -

 

 

3,562 

 

 

107 

 

 

 -

Construction

 

184 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

217 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

19 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

119 

 

 

 

 

 -

Home equity line of credit

 

722 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

772 

 

 

25 

 

 

 -

Auto

 

21 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

40 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

1,428 

 

 

77 

 

 

 -

 

 

750 

 

 

 

 

 -

Construction

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

$

10,057 

 

$

431 

 

$

 -

 

$

10,998 

 

$

244 

 

$

 -



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019


Table Of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the three months ended

September 30, 2017

 

September 30, 2016

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

Cash basis

 

 

 

 

 

Cash basis

Cash basis

Cash basis

Average

 

Interest

 

interest

 

Average

 

Interest

 

interest

Average

Interest

interest

Average

Interest

interest

recorded

 

income

 

income

 

recorded

 

income

 

income

recorded

income

income

recorded

income

income

(dollars in thousands)

investment

 

recognized

 

recognized

 

investment

 

recognized

 

recognized

investment

recognized

recognized

investment

recognized

recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

$

223 

 

$

 

$

 -

 

$

255 

 

$

 

$

 -

$

438 

$

-

$

-

$

252 

$

-

$

-

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

2,588 

 

52 

 

 -

 

3,336 

 

47 

 

 -

2,318 

22 

-

884 

-

Owner occupied

 

3,521 

 

152 

 

 -

 

5,068 

 

29 

 

 -

1,853 

-

2,327 

-

Construction

 

173 

 

 -

 

 -

 

204 

 

 -

 

 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

15 

 

 -

 

 -

 

51 

 

 -

 

 -

46 

-

49 

-

-

Home equity line of credit

 

659 

 

 

 -

 

871 

 

 

 -

366 

-

245 

-

-

Auto

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

30 

 

 -

 

 -

Auto Loans

51 

-

-

52 

-

-

Other

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

1,421 

 

54 

 

 -

 

770 

 

 

 -

761 

-

-

1,102 

-

-

Construction

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

Total

$

8,603 

 

$

266 

 

$

 -

 

$

10,591 

 

$

89 

 

$

 -

$

5,833 

$

34 

$

-

$

4,911 

$

12 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate

The Company utilizes a loan grading system and assigns a credit risk grade to its loans in the C&I and CRE portfolios. The grading system provides a means to measure portfolio quality and aids in the monitoring of the credit quality of the overall loan portfolio. The credit risk grades are arrived at using a risk rating matrix to assign a grade to each of the loans in the C&I and CRE portfolios.

The following is a description of each risk rating category the Company uses to classify each of its C&I and CRE loans:

Pass

Loans in this category have an acceptable level of risk and are graded in a range of one to five. Secured loans generally have good collateral coverage. Current financial statements reflect acceptable balance sheet ratios, sales and earnings trends. Management is considered to be competent, and a reasonable succession plan is evident. Payment experience on the loans has been good with minor or no delinquency experience. Loans with a grade of one are of the highest quality in the range. Those graded five are of marginally acceptable quality.

Special Mention

Loans in this category are graded a six and may be protected but are potentially weak. They constitute a credit risk to the Company but have not yet reached the point of adverse classification. Some of the following conditions may exist: little or no collateral coverage; lack of current financial information; delinquency problems; highly leveraged; available financial information reflects poor balance sheet ratios and profit and loss statements reflect uncertain trends; and document exceptions. Cash flow may not be sufficient to support total debt service requirements.

Substandard

Loans in this category are graded a seven and have a well-defined weakness which may jeopardize the ultimate collectability of the debt. The collateral pledged may be lacking in quality or quantity. Financial statements may indicate insufficient cash flow to service the debt; and/or do not reflect a sound net worth. The payment history indicates chronic delinquency problems. Management is considered to be weak. There is a distinct possibility that the Company may sustain a loss. All loans on non-accrual are rated substandard. Other loans that are included in the substandard category can be accruing, as well as loans that are current or past due. Loans 90 days or more past due, unless otherwise fully supported, are classified substandard. Also, borrowers that are bankrupt or have loans categorized as TDRs can be graded substandard.

Doubtful

Loans in this category are graded an eight and have a better than 50% possibility of the Company sustaining a loss, but the loss cannot be determined because of specific reasonable factors which may strengthen credit in the near-term. Many of the weaknesses present in a substandard loan exist. Liquidation of collateral, if any, is likely. Any loan graded lower than an eight is considered to be uncollectible and charged-off.

21


Table Of Contents

Consumer and residential

The consumer and residential loan segments are regarded as homogeneous loan pools and as such are not risk rated. For these portfolios, the Company utilizes payment activity history and recency of paymenthistory in assessing performance. Non-performing loans are considered to becomprised of non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more and accruing and non-accrual loans.accruing. All loans not classified as non-performing are considered performing.

20


Table Of Contents

The following table presents loans including $2.0 million($448 thousand) and $1.8$1.7 million of deferred (fees)/costs, segregated by class, categorized into the appropriate credit quality indicator category as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, respectively:

Commercial credit exposure

Credit risk profile by creditworthiness category

March 31, 2021

(dollars in thousands)

Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Commercial and industrial

$

289,630 

$

2,623 

$

3,342 

$

-

$

295,595 

Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

191,235 

5,343 

5,922 

-

202,500 

Commercial real estate - owner occupied

169,042 

2,415 

8,475 

-

179,932 

Commercial real estate - construction

10,505 

1,216 

-

-

11,721 

Total commercial

$

660,412 

$

11,597 

$

17,739 

$

-

$

689,748 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



September 30, 2017

(dollars in thousands)

Pass

 

Special mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

$

110,839 

 

$

535 

 

$

722 

 

$

 -

 

$

112,096 

Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

 

86,159 

 

 

817 

 

 

6,422 

 

 

 -

 

 

93,398 

Commercial real estate - owner occupied

 

103,288 

 

 

2,692 

 

 

3,618 

 

 

 -

 

 

109,598 

Commercial real estate - construction

 

5,954 

 

 

 -

 

 

169 

 

 

 -

 

 

6,123 

Total commercial

$

306,240 

 

$

4,044 

 

$

10,931 

 

$

 -

 

$

321,215 

Consumer & Mortgage lending credit exposure

Credit risk profile based on payment activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

March 31, 2021

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Performing

 

Non-performing

 

Total

Performing

Non-performing

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

 

 

 

 

$

28,267 

 

$

15 

 

$

28,282 

$

38,399 

$

26 

$

38,425 

Home equity line of credit

 

 

 

 

 

52,664 

 

513 

 

53,177 

47,388 

287 

47,675 

Auto loans and leases (1)

 

 

 

 

 

78,985 

 

 -

 

78,985 

Auto loans

96,795 

46 

96,841 

Direct finance leases (1)

19,239 

27 

19,266 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

5,784 

 

 -

 

5,784 

6,098 

-

6,098 

Total consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

165,700 

 

$

528 

 

$

166,228 

207,919 

386 

208,305 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

$

137,288 

 

$

1,421 

 

$

138,709 

221,052 

714 

221,766 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

8,315 

 

 -

 

8,315 

22,340 

-

22,340 

Total residential

 

 

 

 

 

$

145,603 

 

$

1,421 

 

$

147,024 

243,392 

714 

244,106 

Total consumer & residential

 

 

 

 

 

$

311,303 

 

$

1,949 

 

$

313,252 

$

451,311 

$

1,100 

$

452,411 

(1)Net of unearned lease revenue of $0.6$1.2 million.

Commercial credit exposure

Credit risk profile by creditworthiness category

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands)

Pass

 

Special mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

$

97,308 

 

$

479 

 

$

690 

 

$

 -

 

$

98,477 

$

272,889 

$

4,162 

$

3,706 

$

-

$

280,757 

Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

 

83,962 

 

1,811 

 

7,591 

 

 -

 

93,364 

179,311 

6,445 

6,387 

-

192,143 

Commercial real estate - owner occupied

 

99,981 

 

1,075 

 

5,904 

 

 -

 

106,960 

167,873 

3,241 

8,809 

-

179,923 

Commercial real estate - construction

 

3,794 

 

 -

 

193 

 

 -

 

3,987 

8,635 

1,233 

363 

-

10,231 

Total commercial

$

285,045 

 

$

3,365 

 

$

14,378 

 

$

 -

 

$

302,788 

$

628,708 

$

15,081 

$

19,265 

$

-

$

663,054 

22


Table Of Contents

Consumer & Mortgage lending credit exposure

Credit risk profile based on payment activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Performing

 

Non-performing

 

Total

Performing

Non-performing

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

 

 

 

 

$

28,435 

 

$

31 

 

$

28,466 

$

40,086 

$

61 

$

40,147 

Home equity line of credit

 

 

 

 

 

50,872 

 

737 

 

51,609 

49,330 

395 

49,725 

Auto loans and leases (2)

 

 

 

 

 

56,315 

 

44 

 

56,359 

Auto loans

98,359 

27 

98,386 

Direct finance leases (2)

18,875 

61 

18,936 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

13,295 

 

 

13,301 

7,602 

-

7,602 

Total consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

148,917 

 

$

818 

 

$

149,735 

214,252 

544 

214,796 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

$

132,593 

 

$

1,882 

 

$

134,475 

217,718 

727 

218,445 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

10,496 

 

 -

 

10,496 

23,357 

-

23,357 

Total residential

 

 

 

 

 

$

143,089 

 

$

1,882 

 

$

144,971 

241,075 

727 

241,802 

Total consumer & residential

 

 

 

 

 

$

292,006 

 

$

2,700 

 

$

294,706 

$

455,327 

$

1,271 

$

456,598 

(2)Net of unearned lease revenue of $0.5$1.2 million.

21


Table Of Contents

Allowance for loan losses

Management continually evaluates the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and performs a formal review of the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The allowance reflects management’s best estimate of the amount of credit losses in the loan portfolio. Management’s judgment is based on the evaluation of individual loans, past experience, the assessment of current economic conditions and other relevant factors including the amounts and timing of cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans. Those estimates may be susceptible to significant change. Loan losses are charged directly against the allowance when loans are deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries from previously charged-off loans are added to the allowance when received.

Management applies two primary components during the loan review process to determine proper allowance levels. The two components are a specific loan loss allocation for loans that are deemed impaired and a general loan loss allocation for those loans not specifically allocated. The methodology to analyze the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is as follows:

§

identification of specific impaired loans by loan category;

§

identification of specific loans that are not impaired, but have an identified potential for loss;

§

calculation of specific allowances where required for the impaired loans based on collateral and other objective and quantifiable evidence;

§

determination of loans with similar credit characteristics within each class of the loan portfolio segment and eliminating the impaired loans;

§

application of historical loss percentages (trailing twelve-quarter average) to pools to determine the allowance allocation;

§

application of qualitative factor adjustment percentages to historical losses for trends or changes in the loan portfolio.

§

Qualitative factor adjustments include:

o

levels of and trends in delinquencies and non-accrual loans;

o

levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;

o

trends in volume and terms of loans;

o

changes in risk selection and underwriting standards;

o

changes in lending policies and legal and regulatory requirements;

o

experience, ability and depth of lending management;

o

national and local economic trends and conditions; and

o

changes in credit concentrations.

identification of specific impaired loans by loan category;

identification of specific loans that are not impaired, but have an identified potential for loss;

calculation of specific allowances where required for the impaired loans based on collateral and other objective and quantifiable evidence;

determination of loans with similar credit characteristics within each class of the loan portfolio segment and eliminating the impaired loans;

application of historical loss percentages (trailing twelve-quarter average) to pools to determine the allowance allocation;

application of qualitative factor adjustment percentages to historical losses for trends or changes in the loan portfolio.

Qualitative factor adjustments include:

olevels of and trends in delinquencies and non-accrual loans;

olevels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;

otrends in volume and terms of loans;

ochanges in risk selection and underwriting standards;

ochanges in lending policies and legal and regulatory requirements;

oexperience, ability and depth of lending management;

onational and local economic trends and conditions; and

ochanges in credit concentrations.

Allocation of the allowance for different categories of loans is based on the methodology as explained above. A key element of the methodology to determine the allowance is the Company’s credit risk evaluation process, which includes credit risk grading of individual C&I and CRE loans. C&I and CRE loans are assigned credit risk grades based on the Company’s assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet its contractual obligations under the loan agreement. That process includes reviewing borrowers’ current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and other information specific to each individual borrower. Upon review, the commercial loan credit risk grade is revised or reaffirmed as the case may be.reaffirmed. The credit risk grades may be changed at any time management feels an upgrade or downgrade may be warranted. The credit risk grades for the C&I and CRE loan portfolios are taken into accountconsidered in the reserve methodology and loss factors are applied based upon the credit risk grades. The loss factors applied are based upon the Company’s historical experience as well as what we believe to be best practices and common industry standards. Historical experience reveals there is a direct correlation between the credit risk grades and loan charge-offs. The changes in allocations in the C&I and CRE loan portfolio from period to period are based upon the credit risk grading system and from periodic reviews of the loan portfolio. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies.

23


Table Of Contents

Each quarter, management performs an assessment of the allowance. The Company’s Special Assets Committee meets monthlyquarterly, and the applicable lenders discuss each relationship under review and reach a consensus on the appropriate estimated loss amount, if applicable, based on current accounting guidance. The Special Assets Committee’s focus is on ensuring the pertinent facts are considered regarding not only loans considered for specific reserves, but also the collectability of loans that may be past due in payment. The assessment process also includes the review of all loans on a non-accruing basis as well as a review of certain loans to which the lenders or the Company’s Credit Administration function have assigned a criticized or classified risk rating.

The Company’s policy is to charge-off unsecured consumer loans when they become 90 days or more past due as to principal and interest. In the other portfolio segments, amounts are charged-off at the point in time when the Company deems the balance, or a portion thereof, to be uncollectible.


22


Table Of Contents

Information related to the change in the allowance and the Company’s recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment as of the period indicated is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021

As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021

Commercial &

 

Commercial

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

Commercial &

Commercial

Residential

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

 

real estate

 

Consumer

 

real estate

 

Unallocated

 

Total

industrial

real estate

Consumer

real estate

Unallocated

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

$

1,075 

 

$

4,706 

 

$

1,834 

 

$

1,622 

 

$

127 

 

$

9,364 

$

2,407 

$

6,383 

$

2,552 

$

2,781 

$

79 

$

14,202 

Charge-offs

 

(76)

 

(416)

 

(505)

 

(38)

 

 -

 

(1,035)

(7)

(124)

(28)

(43)

-

(202)

Recoveries

 

 

44 

 

53 

 

 -

 

 -

 

102 

11 

24 

-

-

39 

Provision

 

395 

 

(232)

 

587 

 

215 

 

(40)

 

925 

(62)

810 

(133)

177 

800 

Ending balance

$

1,399 

 

$

4,102 

 

$

1,969 

 

$

1,799 

 

$

87 

 

$

9,356 

$

2,342 

$

7,080 

$

2,415 

$

2,915 

$

87 

$

14,839 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

193 

 

$

1,076 

 

$

53 

 

$

317 

 

$

 -

 

$

1,639 

$

150 

$

1,092 

$

$

141 

$

-

$

1,387 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,206 

 

$

3,026 

 

$

1,916 

 

$

1,482 

 

$

87 

 

$

7,717 

$

2,192 

$

5,988 

$

2,411 

$

2,774 

$

87 

$

13,452 

Loans Receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance (2)

$

112,096 

 

$

209,119 

 

$

166,228 

(1)

$

147,024 

 

$

 -

 

$

634,467 

$

295,595 

$

394,153 

$

208,305 

(1)

$

244,106 

$

-

$

1,142,159 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

228 

 

$

5,160 

 

$

528 

 

$

1,421 

 

$

 -

 

$

7,337 

$

507 

$

4,870 

$

327 

$

714 

$

-

$

6,418 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

111,868 

 

$

203,959 

 

$

165,700 

 

$

145,603 

 

$

 -

 

$

627,130 

$

295,088 

$

389,283 

$

207,978 

$

243,392 

$

-

$

1,135,741 

(1) Net of unearned lease revenue of $0.6$1.2 million. (2) Includes $2.0($448 thousand) of net deferred loan fees.

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2020

Commercial &

Commercial

Residential

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

real estate

Consumer

real estate

Unallocated

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

Beginning balance

$

1,484 

$

3,933 

$

2,013 

$

2,278 

$

39 

$

9,747 

Charge-offs

(372)

(465)

(296)

(35)

-

(1,168)

Recoveries

26 

30 

120 

197 

-

373 

Provision

1,269 

2,885 

715 

341 

40 

5,250 

Ending balance

$

2,407 

$

6,383 

$

2,552 

$

2,781 

$

79 

$

14,202 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

213 

$

790 

$

52 

$

151 

$

-

$

1,206 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,194 

$

5,593 

$

2,500 

$

2,630 

$

79 

$

12,996 

Loans Receivables:

Ending balance (2)

$

280,757 

$

382,297 

$

214,796 

(1)

$

241,802 

$

-

$

1,119,652 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

590 

$

4,540 

$

483 

$

727 

$

-

$

6,340 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

280,167 

$

377,757 

$

214,313 

$

241,075 

$

-

$

1,113,312 

(1) Net of unearned lease revenue of $1.2 million. (2) Includes $1.7 million of net deferred loan costs.

As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2020

Commercial &

Commercial

Residential

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

real estate

Consumer

real estate

Unallocated

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

Beginning balance

$

1,484 

$

3,933 

$

2,013 

$

2,278 

$

39 

$

9,747 

Charge-offs

(64)

(163)

(43)

(31)

-

(301)

Recoveries

12 

64 

193 

-

271 

Provision

121 

171 

60 

(47)

(5)

300 

Ending balance

$

1,553 

$

3,943 

$

2,094 

$

2,393 

$

34 

$

10,017 

Direct finance leases



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the three months ended September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Commercial &

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

 

real estate

 

Consumer

 

real estate

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

$

1,383 

 

$

4,510 

 

$

1,939 

 

$

1,511 

 

$

63 

 

$

9,406 

Charge-offs

 

(46)

 

 

(48)

 

 

(345)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(439)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

14 

Provision

 

60 

 

 

(363)

 

 

366 

 

 

288 

 

 

24 

 

 

375 

Ending balance

$

1,399 

 

$

4,102 

 

$

1,969 

 

$

1,799 

 

$

87 

 

$

9,356 

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and subsequent related updates to revise the accounting for leases. Lessor accounting was largely unchanged as a result of the standard. Additional disclosures required under the standard are included in this section and in Footnote 12, “Leases”.

The Company originates direct finance leases through 2 automobile dealerships. The carrying amount of the Company’s lease



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Commercial &

 

Commercial

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

 

real estate

 

Consumer

 

real estate

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

$

1,336 

 

$

5,014 

 

$

1,533 

 

$

1,407 

 

$

237 

 

$

9,527 

Charge-offs

 

(224)

 

 

(592)

 

 

(504)

 

 

(60)

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,380)

Recoveries

 

55 

 

 

37 

 

 

100 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

192 

Provision

 

(92)

 

 

247 

 

 

705 

 

 

275 

 

 

(110)

 

 

1,025 

Ending balance

$

1,075 

 

$

4,706 

 

$

1,834 

 

$

1,622 

 

$

127 

 

$

9,364 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

193 

 

$

2,382 

 

$

171 

 

$

315 

 

$

 -

 

$

3,061 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

882 

 

$

2,324 

 

$

1,663 

 

$

1,307 

 

$

127 

 

$

6,303 

Loans Receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance (2)

$

98,477 

 

$

204,311 

 

$

149,735 

(1)

$

144,971 

 

$

 -

 

$

597,494 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

235 

 

$

8,436 

 

$

799 

 

$

1,882 

 

$

 -

 

$

11,352 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

98,242 

 

$

195,875 

 

$

148,936 

 

$

143,089 

 

$

 -

 

$

586,142 

23


(1) NetTable Of Contents

receivables, net of unearned lease revenueincome, was $6.3 million and $6.0 million as of $0.5 million.  (2) Includes $1.8March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The residual value of the direct finance leases is fully guaranteed by the dealerships. Residual values amounted to $13.0 million and $12.9 million at March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, and are included in the carrying value of net deferred loan costs.direct finance leases.

The undiscounted cash flows to be received on an annual basis for the direct finance leases are as follows:

24


Table Of Contents

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

2021

$

6,055

2022

5,364

2023

4,982

2024

3,640

2025

369

2026 and thereafter

11

Total future minimum lease payments receivable

20,421

Less: Unearned income

(1,155)

Undiscounted cash flows to be received

$

19,266



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Commercial &

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

 

real estate

 

Consumer

 

real estate

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

$

1,336 

 

$

5,014 

 

$

1,533 

 

$

1,407 

 

$

237 

 

$

9,527 

Charge-offs

 

(199)

 

 

(526)

 

 

(356)

 

 

(60)

 

 

 -

 

 

(1,141)

Recoveries

 

39 

 

 

36 

 

 

85 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

160 

Provision

 

(45)

 

 

284 

 

 

526 

 

 

10 

 

 

(125)

 

 

650 

Ending balance

$

1,131 

 

$

4,808 

 

$

1,788 

 

$

1,357 

 

$

112 

 

$

9,196 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the three months ended September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Commercial &

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

 

real estate

 

Consumer

 

real estate

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

$

1,231 

 

$

4,880 

 

$

1,692 

 

$

1,365 

 

$

39 

 

$

9,207 

Charge-offs

 

(30)

 

 

(183)

 

 

(91)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(304)

Recoveries

 

18 

 

 

 

 

47 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

68 

Provision

 

(88)

 

 

108 

 

 

140 

 

 

(8)

 

 

73 

 

 

225 

Ending balance

$

1,131 

 

$

4,808 

 

$

1,788 

 

$

1,357 

 

$

112 

 

$

9,196 

6. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed in the same manner as basic EPS but also reflects the potential dilution that could occur from the grant of stock-based compensation awards. The Company maintains two2 active share-based compensation plans that may generate additional potentially dilutive common shares. For granted and unexercised stock options and stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SSARs), dilution would occur if Company-issued stock options or SSARs were exercised and converted into common stock. As of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, there were 16,707 and 12,23731,934 potentially dilutive shares related to issued and unexercised stock options and SSARs compared to 2,925 and 2,59228,070 for the same 2016 periods,2020 period, respectively. For restricted stock, dilution would occur from the Company’s previously granted but unvested shares. There were 9,504 and 8,13010,875 potentially dilutive shares related to unvested restricted share grants as of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 compared to 8,747 and 6,4826,303 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016,same 2020 period, respectively.

In the computation of diluted EPS, the Company uses the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive effect of its granted but unexercised stock options and SSARs and unvested restricted stock. Under the treasury stock method, the assumed proceeds, as defined, received from shares issued in a hypothetical stock option exercise or restricted stock grant, are assumed to be used to purchase treasury stock. Proceeds include:include amounts received from the exercise of outstanding stock options and compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized in earnings. The Company does not consider awards from share-based grants in the computation of basic EPS.

The following table illustrates the data used in computing basic and diluted EPS for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended September 30,

 

Nine months ended September 30,

Three months ended March 31,

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

2021

2020

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic EPS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

$

2,226 

 

$

2,035 

 

$

6,389 

 

$

5,664 

$

5,667

$

2,634

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

3,712,297 

 

3,680,707 

 

3,704,859 

 

3,679,104 

4,990,768

3,792,741

Basic EPS

$

0.60 

 

$

0.55 

 

$

1.72 

 

$

1.54 

$

1.14

$

0.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted EPS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

$

2,226 

 

$

2,035 

 

$

6,389 

 

$

5,664 

$

5,667

$

2,634

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

3,712,297 

 

3,680,707 

 

3,704,859 

 

3,679,104 

4,990,768

3,792,741

Potentially dilutive common shares

 

26,211 

 

11,672 

 

20,367 

 

9,074 

42,809

34,373

Weighted-average common and potentially dilutive shares outstanding

 

3,738,508 

 

3,692,379 

 

3,725,226 

 

3,688,178 

5,033,577

3,827,114

Diluted EPS

$

0.60 

 

$

0.55 

 

$

1.72 

 

$

1.54 

$

1.13

$

0.69

25


Table Of Contents

7. Stock plans

The Company has two2 stock-based compensation plans (the stock compensation plans) from which it can grant stock-based compensation awards and applies the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation provided under current accounting guidance. The guidelines require the cost of share-based payment transactions (including those with employees and non-employees) be recognized in the financial statements. The Company’s stock compensation plans were shareholder-approved and

24


Table Of Contents

permit the grant of share-based compensation awards to its employees and directors. The Company believes that the stock-based compensation plans will advance the development, growth and financial condition of the Company by providing incentives through participation in the appreciation in the value of the Company’s common stock. In return, the Company hopes to secure, retain and motivate the employees and directors who are responsible for the operation and the management of the affairs of the Company by aligning the interest of its employees and directors with the interest of its shareholders. In the stock compensation plans, employees and directors are eligible to be awarded stock-based compensation grants which can consist of stock options (qualified and non-qualified), stock appreciation rights (SARs) and restricted stock.

At the 2012 annual shareholders’ meeting, the Company’s shareholders approved and the Company adopted the 2012 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan and the 2012 Director Stock Incentive Plan (collectively, the 2012 stock incentive plans). The 2012 stock incentive plans replaced both the expired 2000 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan and the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (collectively, the 2000 stock incentive plans).  Unless terminated by the Company’s board of directors, the 2012 stock incentive plans will expire on and no stock-based awards shall be granted after the year 2022.2022.

In each of the 2012 stock incentive plans, the Company has reserved 750,000 shares of its no-par common stock for future issuance. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense over the requisite service or vesting period. During 2015, the Company created a Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) that awardsawarded restricted stock and stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SSARs) to senior officers based on the attainment of performance goals. The service requirement iswas the participant’s continued employment throughout the LTIP with a three-yearthree year vesting period. TheUnder this plan, the restricted stock hashad a two-yeartwo year post vesting holding period requirement. The SSAR awards have a ten year term from the date of each grant.  The

During the first quarter of 2021, the Company grantedapproved a 1-year LTIP and awarded restricted stock to senior officers and SSARsmanagers in February 2016and March 2021 based on 2015 performance2020 performance.

During the first quarter of 2020, the Company approved a 1-year LTIP and awarded restricted stock to senior officers and managers in February 2017and March 2020 based on 20162019 performance.

The following table summarizes the weighted-average fair value and vesting of restricted stock grants awarded during the periods ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 20162020 under the 2012 stock incentive plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

September 30, 2016

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Weighted-

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

 

 

average

 

 

 

average

Weighted-

Weighted-

Shares

 

grant date

 

Shares

 

grant date

Shares

average grant

Shares

average grant

granted

 

fair value

 

granted

 

fair value

granted

date fair value

granted

date fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director plan

8,400 

(2)

$

26.17 

 

8,400 

(1)

$

21.60 

12,500

(2)

$

52.00

6,000

(2)

$

56.63

Omnibus plan

4,749 

(3)

 

23.93 

 

4,734 

(3)

 

19.48 

13,552

(3)

52.00

11,761

(3)

55.06

Omnibus plan

75 

(1)

 

26.17 

 

75 

(1)

 

21.00 

50

(1)

58.17

50

(1)

57.62

Omnibus plan

36

(3)

58.17

-

-

Total

13,224 

 

$

25.36 

 

13,209 

 

$

20.84 

26,138

$

52.02

17,811

$

55.59

(1) Vest after 1 year (2) Vest after 2 years – 50% each year    (3) Vest after 3 years – 33% each year(3) Vest fully after 3 years

The fair value of the 4,749 shares granted on February 7, 2017in 2021 was calculated using the grant date stock price with a discount valuation.  The Chaffe model was used to calculate the discount. Since the shares vest over three years and then have a further two-year holding period, the historical volatility of the five years prior to the issue date was used to estimate volatility.  The five year treasury yield was used as the interest rate. The Company does pay a dividend, but since the shareholder will receive the dividends during vesting and the post-vest restriction period, no dividend yield was used in the calculation as not to inflate the discount.  The grant date stock price was $26.17 and the discount of 8.548% was calculated using an interest rate of 1.841% and a 5 year historical volatility of 18.556%.price.

26


Table Of Contents

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock as of and changes during the period indicated are presented in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012 Stock incentive plans

2012 Stock incentive plans

Director

 

Omnibus

 

Total

 

Weighted- average grant date fair value

Director

Omnibus

Total

Weighted- average grant date fair value

Non-vested balance at December 31, 2016

8,400 

 

13,562 

 

21,962 

 

$

20.31 

Non-vested balance at December 31, 2020

9,402

20,675

30,077

$

53.36

Granted

8,400 

 

4,824 

 

13,224 

 

25.36 

12,500

13,638

26,138

52.02

Forfeited

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

-

(255)

(255)

52.68

Vested

(8,400)

 

(6,082)

 

(14,482)

 

20.47 

(4,998)

(6,061)

(11,059)

52.28

Non-vested balance at September 30, 2017

8,400 

 

12,304 

 

20,704 

 

$

23.59 

Non-vested balance at March 31, 2021

16,904

27,997

44,901

$

53.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company granted 24,346 SSARs under the Omnibus Plan on February 7, 2017.  The Company estimated the fair value of SSARs using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model on the grant date.  The Company used the following assumptions: the risk-free interest rate is the rate equivalent to the expected term of the option interpolated from the U.S. Treasury Yield Curve on the valuation date and historical volatility is calculated by taking the standard deviation of historical returns using weekly and monthly data.  The fair value of these SSARs was $5.06 per share, based on a risk-free interest rate of 2.386%, a dividend yield of 3.110% and a volatility of 23.434% using an expected term of ten years.

25


Table Of Contents

A summary of the status of the Company’s SSARs as of and changes during the period indicated are presented in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Awards

 

 

Weighted-average grant date fair value

 

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (years)

Awards

Weighted-average grant date fair value

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (years)

Outstanding December 31, 2016

 

29,014 

 

$

3.48 

 

9.1 

Outstanding December 31, 2020

97,264

$

9.47

6.5

Granted

 

24,346 

 

5.06 

 

9.3 

-

Exercised

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

(2,932)

3.48

Forfeited

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

-

Outstanding September 30, 2017

 

53,360 

 

$

4.20 

 

8.8 

Outstanding March 31, 2021

94,332

$

9.66

6.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of the SSARs outstanding at September 30, 2017, 9,668March 31, 2021, 90,639 vested and were exercisable. SSARs vest over a three year period – 33% per year.

During the first quarter of 2021, there were 2,932 SSARs exercised. The intrinsic value recorded for these SSARs was $10,190. The tax deduction realized from the exercise of these SSARs was $125,810 resulting in a tax benefit of $26,420. There were 0 SSARs exercised during the first quarter of 2020.

Share-based compensation expense is included as a component of salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income. The following tables illustrate stock-based compensation expense recognized on non-vested equity awards during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 20162020 and the unrecognized stock-based compensation expense as of September 30, 2017:March 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Nine months ended

 

September 30,

 

September 30,

Three months ended March 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

2021

2020

Stock-based compensation expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director stock incentive plan

$

28 

 

$

45 

 

$

89 

 

$

129 

$

75

$

78

Omnibus stock incentive plan

 

49 

 

 

36 

 

144 

 

104 

157

170

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

23 

 

15 

44

27

Total stock-based compensation expense

$

77 

 

$

81 

 

$

256 

 

$

248 

$

276

$

275

In addition, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company accrued $54 thousandreversed accruals of ($10 thousand) and $163 thousand, respectively,($32 thousand) in stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock and SSARs to be awarded under the Omnibus Plan.  The Company accrued $51 thousand and $137 thousand, respectively, in stock-based compensation expense during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016.

As of

(dollars in thousands)

September 30, 2017March 31, 2021

Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense:

Director plan

$

846

$

146 

Omnibus plan

1,249

330 

Total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense

$

2,095

$

476 

The unrecognized stock-based compensation expense as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 will be recognized ratably over the periods ended January 2019February 2024 and January 2020March 2024 for the Director Plan and the Omnibus Plan, respectively.

27


Table Of Contents

Transactions under the Company’s stock option plan for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are presented in the following table:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Options

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price

 

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (years)

Outstanding and exercisable, December 31, 2016

 

22,500 

 

$

19.12 

 

1.0 

Granted

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

Exercised

 

(17,250)

 

 

19.27 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

Outstanding and exercisable, September 30, 2017

 

5,250 

 

$

18.62 

 

0.3 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

During the first nine months of 2017, there were 17,250 stock options exercised at a price of $19.27 per share.  The intrinsic value of these stock options was $64,055.  The tax deduction realized from the exercise of these options was $257,492 resulting in a tax benefit of $87,547.  During the first nine months of 2016, there were 750 stock options exercised at a price of $18.50 per share.  The intrinsic value of these stock options was $2,585 and the tax deduction realized from the exercise of these options was $2,375 resulting in a tax benefit of $808.  The Company has not issued stock options since 2008.     

In addition to the 2012 stock incentive plans, the Company established the 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP) and reserved 165,000 shares of its un-issued capital stock for issuance under the plan. The ESPP was designed to promote broad-based employee ownership of the Company’s stock and to motivate employees to improve job performance and enhance the financial results of the Company. Under the ESPP, participation is voluntary whereby employees use automatic payroll withholdings to purchase the Company’s capital stock at a discounted price based on the fair market value of the capital stock as measured on either the commencement or termination dates, as defined. As of September 30,  2017,  69,701March 31, 2021, 89,642 shares have been issued under the ESPP. The ESPP is considered a compensatory plan and is required to comply with the provisions of current accounting guidance. The Company recognizes compensation expense on its ESPP on the date the shares are purchased, and it is included as a component of salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income.

8. Fair value measurements

The accounting guidelines establish a framework for measuring and disclosing information about fair value measurements. The guidelines of fair value reporting instituted a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows:

Level 1 - inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 - inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument;

Level 3 - inputs are unobservable and are based on the Company’s own assumptions to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. Level 3 pricing for securities may also include unobservable inputs based upon broker-traded transactions.

A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the

26


Table Of Contents

fair value measurement.

The Company uses fair value to measure certain assets and, if necessary, liabilities on a recurring basis when fair value is the primary measure for accounting. Thus, the Company uses fair value for AFS securities. Fair value is used on a non-recurring basis to measure certain assets when adjusting carrying values to market values, such as impaired loans, other real estate owned (ORE) and other repossessed assets.

28


Table Of Contents

The following table represents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments as of the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted prices

 

Significant

 

Significant

Quoted prices

Significant

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

in active

 

other

 

other

in active

other

other

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

markets

 

observable inputs

 

unobservable inputs

Carrying

Estimated

markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

amount

 

fair value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

amount

fair value

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

41,881 

 

$

41,881 

 

$

41,881 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

$

222,953 

$

222,953 

$

222,953 

$

-

$

-

Available-for-sale securities

 

151,995 

 

151,995 

 

776 

 

151,219 

 

 -

FHLB stock

 

2,543 

 

2,543 

 

 -

 

2,543 

 

 -

Available-for-sale debt securities

436,622 

436,622 

-

436,622 

-

Restricted investments in bank stock

2,931 

2,931 

-

2,931 

-

Loans and leases, net

 

625,111 

 

623,567 

 

 -

 

 -

 

623,567 

1,127,320 

1,137,198 

-

-

1,137,198 

Loans held-for-sale

 

1,629 

 

1,662 

 

 -

 

1,662 

 

 -

11,001 

11,208 

-

11,208 

-

Accrued interest receivable

 

2,769 

 

2,769 

 

 -

 

2,769 

 

 -

5,723 

5,723 

-

5,723 

-

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits with no stated maturities

 

640,173 

 

640,173 

 

 -

 

640,173 

 

 -

1,611,034 

1,611,034 

-

1,611,034 

-

Time deposits

 

108,404 

 

107,564 

 

 -

 

107,564 

 

 -

111,867 

111,929 

-

111,929 

-

Short-term borrowings

 

12,920 

 

12,920 

 

 -

 

12,920 

 

 -

FHLB advances

 

23,704 

 

23,617 

 

 -

 

23,617 

 

 -

Accrued interest payable

 

319 

 

319 

 

 -

 

319 

 

 -

182 

182 

-

182 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted prices

 

Significant

 

Significant

Quoted prices

Significant

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

in active

 

other

 

other

in active

other

other

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

markets

 

observable inputs

 

unobservable inputs

Carrying

Estimated

markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

amount

 

fair value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

amount

fair value

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

25,843 

 

$

25,843 

 

$

25,843 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

$

69,346 

$

69,346 

$

69,346 

$

-

$

-

Available-for-sale securities

 

130,037 

 

130,037 

 

633 

 

129,404 

 

 -

FHLB stock

 

2,606 

 

2,606 

 

 -

 

2,606 

 

 -

Available-for-sale debt securities

392,420 

392,420 

-

392,420 

-

Restricted investments in bank stock

2,813 

2,813 

-

2,813 

-

Loans and leases, net

 

588,130 

 

590,688 

 

 -

 

 -

 

590,688 

1,105,450 

1,116,711 

-

-

1,116,711 

Loans held-for-sale

 

2,854 

 

2,907 

 

 -

 

2,907 

 

 -

29,786 

30,858 

-

30,858 

-

Accrued interest receivable

 

2,246 

 

2,246 

 

 -

 

2,246 

 

 -

5,712 

5,712 

-

5,712 

-

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits with no stated maturities

 

610,706 

 

610,706 

 

 -

 

610,706 

 

 -

1,381,722 

1,381,722 

-

1,381,722 

-

Time deposits

 

92,753 

 

91,969 

 

 -

 

91,969 

 

 -

127,783 

128,200 

-

128,200 

-

Short-term borrowings

 

4,223 

 

4,223 

 

 -

 

4,223 

 

 -

FHLB advances

5,000 

5,348 

-

5,348 

-

Accrued interest payable

 

181 

 

181 

 

 -

 

181 

 

 -

337 

337 

-

337 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The carrying value of short-term financial instruments, as listed below, approximates their fair value. These instruments generally have limited credit exposure, no stated or short-term maturities, carry interest rates that approximate market and generally are recorded at amounts that are payable on demand :demand:

·

Cash and cash equivalents;

·

Non-interest bearing deposit accounts;

·

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market accounts and

·

Short-term borrowings.

Cash and cash equivalents;

Non-interest bearing deposit accounts;

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market accounts and

Short-term borrowings.

Securities: Fair values on investment securities are determined by prices provided by a third-party vendor, who is a provider of financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions.

LoansOriginated loans and leases: The fair value of accruing loans is estimated by calculating the net present value of the future expected cash flows discounted atusing the exit price notion. The discount rate is based upon current offering rates, with an additional discount

27


for similar loans.  Current offering rates consider, among other things,expected potential charge-offs. Additionally, an environmental general credit risk.  risk adjustment is subtracted from the net present value to arrive at the total estimated fair value of the accruing loan portfolio.

The carrying value that fair value is compared to is net of the allowance for loan losses and since there is significant judgment included in evaluating credit quality, loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

29


Table Of Contents

Non-accrual loans: Loans which the Company has measured as non-accruing are generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral. Fair value is generally determined based upon independent third-party appraisals of the properties. These loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The net carryingfair value consists of loan balances less the valuation allowance.

Acquired loans: Acquired loans acquired through(performing and non-performing) are initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair values using Level 3 inputs. For more information on the Wayne Bank branch acquisition approximatescalculation of the fair value of the loans.acquired loans, see Footnote 9, “Acquisition.”

Loans held-for-sale: The fair value of loans held-for-sale is estimated using rates currently offered for similar loans and is typically obtained from the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB).

Certificates of deposit: The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on discounted cash flows using rates which approximate market rates for deposits of similar maturities.  The fair value of certificates of deposit acquired through the Wayne Bank branch acquisition represents the estimated fair value of these deposits.

FHLB advances: Fair value is estimated using the rates currently offered for similar borrowings.

The following tables illustrate the financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis segregated by hierarchy fair value levels as of the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in active

 

Significant other

 

Significant other

Quoted prices

Significant other

Significant other

Total carrying value

 

markets

 

observable inputs

 

unobservable inputs

Total carrying value

in active markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

September 30, 2017

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

March 31, 2021

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency - GSE

$

16,213 

 

$

 -

 

$

16,213 

 

$

 -

$

56,850 

$

-

$

56,850 

$

-

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

43,735 

 

 -

 

43,735 

 

 -

228,161 

-

228,161 

-

MBS - GSE residential

 

91,271 

 

 -

 

91,271 

 

 -

151,611 

-

151,611 

-

Equity securities - financial services

 

776 

 

776 

 

 -

 

 -

Total available-for-sale securities

$

151,995 

 

$

776 

 

$

151,219 

 

$

 -

Total available-for-sale debt securities

$

436,622 

$

-

$

436,622 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in active

 

Significant other

 

Significant other

Quoted prices

Significant other

Significant other

Total carrying value

 

markets

 

observable inputs

 

unobservable inputs

Total carrying value

in active markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

December 31, 2016

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

December 31, 2020

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency - GSE

$

18,276 

 

$

 -

 

$

18,276 

 

$

 -

$

45,447 

$

-

$

45,447 

$

-

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

40,191 

 

 -

 

40,191 

 

 -

199,713 

-

199,713 

-

MBS - GSE residential

 

70,937 

 

 -

 

70,937 

 

 -

147,260 

-

147,260 

-

Equity securities - financial services

 

633 

 

633 

 

 -

 

 -

Total available-for-sale securities

$

130,037 

 

$

633 

 

$

129,404 

 

$

 -

Total available-for-sale debt securities

$

392,420 

$

-

$

392,420 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities in the AFS portfolio are measured at fair value using quoted market prices for identical assets and are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.  Debt securities in the AFS portfolio are measured at fair value using market quotations provided by a third-party vendor, who is a provider of financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions. Assets classified as Level 2 use valuation techniques that are common to bond valuations. That is, in active markets whereby bonds of similar characteristics frequently trade, quotes for similar assets are obtained.  For the periods ending September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were no transfers to or from Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements for financial assets measured on a recurring basis.

There were no0 changes in Level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of and for the periods ending September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, respectively.

The following table illustrates the financial instruments newly measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis segregated by hierarchy fair value levels as of the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted prices in

 

Significant other

 

Significant other

Quoted prices in

Significant other

Significant other

Total carrying value

 

active markets

 

observable inputs

 

unobservable inputs

Total carrying value

active markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

at September 30, 2017

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

at March 31, 2021

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

$

4,253 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

4,253 

$

3,199

$

-

$

-

$

3,199

Other real estate owned

 

764 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

764 

177

-

-

177

Total

$

5,017 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

5,017 

$

3,376

$

-

$

-

$

3,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3028


Table Of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted prices in

 

Significant other

 

Significant other

Quoted prices in

Significant other

Significant other

Total carrying value

 

active markets

 

observable inputs

 

unobservable inputs

Total carrying value

active markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs

(dollars in thousands)

at December 31, 2016

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

at December 31, 2020

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

$

6,254 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

6,254 

$

2,930

$

-

$

-

$

2,930

Other real estate owned

 

872 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

872 

182

-

-

182

Total

$

7,126 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

7,126 

$

3,112

$

-

$

-

$

3,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From time-to-time, the Company may be required to record at fair value financial instruments on a non-recurring basis, such as impaired loans, ORE and other repossessed assets. These non-recurring fair value adjustments involve the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting on write downs of individual assets. The fair value of impaired loans was calculated using the value of the impaired loans with an allowance less the related allowance.

The following describes valuation methodologies used for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are written down to fair value through the establishment of specific reserves, a component of the allowance for loan losses, and as such are carried at the lower of net recorded investment or the estimated fair value.

Estimates of fair value of the collateral are determined based on a variety of information, including available valuations from certified appraisers for similar assets, present value of discounted cash flows and inputs that are estimated based on commonly used and generally accepted industry liquidation advance rates and estimates and assumptions developed by management.

Valuation techniques for impaired loans are typically determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral or may be determined through present value of discounted cash flows. Both techniques include various Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable. The valuation technique may be adjusted by management for estimated liquidation expenses and qualitative factors such as economic conditions. If real estate is not the primary source of repayment, present value of discounted cash flows and estimates using generally accepted industry liquidation advance rates and other factors may be utilized to determine fair value.

At September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, the range of liquidation expenses and other valuation adjustments applied to impaired loans ranged from -20.54% to -53.00%-26.16% and -48.22% and from -22.72%-27.04% to -57.49%-70.66%, respectively. The weighted-averageweighted average of liquidation expenses and other valuation adjustments applied to impaired loans amounted to -30.71% and -32.47%-42.16% as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and -44.49% as of December 31, 2016,2020, respectively. Due to the multitude of assumptions, many of which are subjective in nature, and the varying inputs and techniques used to determine fair value, the Company recognizes that valuations could differ across a wide spectrum of techniques employed. Accordingly, fair value estimates for impaired loans are classified as Level 3.

For ORE, fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying properties which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable. Appraisals form the basis for determining the net realizable value from these properties. Net realizable value is the result of the appraised value less certain costs or discounts associated with liquidation which occurs in the normal course of business. Management’s assumptions may include consideration of the location and occupancy of the property, along with current economic conditions. Subsequently, as these properties are actively marketed, the estimated fair values may be periodically adjusted through incremental subsequent write-downs. These write-downs usually reflect decreases in estimated values resulting from sales price observations as well as changing economic and market conditions. At September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, the discounts applied to the appraised values of ORE ranged from -17.95% to -99.00%-16.63% and -21.74% to -99.00%-77.60% and from -21.47% and -77.60%, respectively. As of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, the weighted-averageweighted average of discount to the appraisal values of ORE amounted to -28.19%-27.87% and -32.38%-31.30%, respectively.

As of September 30, 2017, the Company had one automobile inAt March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no other repossessed assets with a balance of $4 thousand.  As of December 31, 2016, theassets. The Company had one automobile in other repossessed assets with a balance of $8 thousand.  There were no adjustmentsrefers to the carrying value of these automobiles.National Automobile Dealers Association (NADA) guide to determine a vehicle’s fair value.

9. Acquisition

On March 17, 2017,May 1, 2020, the Company completed theits previously announced acquisition of MNB of Bangor, Pennsylvania. MNB was a 1-bank holding company organized under the West Scranton branchlaws of Wayne Bank, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and was headquartered in Bangor, PA. Its wholly owned subsidiary, founded in 1890, Merchants Bank of Bangor, was an independent community bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Merchants Bank conducted full-service commercial banking subsidiaryservices through 9 bank centers located in Northampton County, Pennsylvania. The acquisition expanded Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank’s full-service footprint into Northampton County, Pennsylvania, and the Lehigh Valley. The Company transacted the merger to complement the Company’s existing operations, while consistent with the Company’s strategic plan of Norwood Financial Corp., pursuant toenhancing long-term shareholder value. The fair value of total assets acquired as a result of the merger totaled $451.4 million, loans totaled $245.3 million and deposits totaled $395.6 million. Goodwill recorded in the merger was $6.8 million.

In accordance with the terms of the Branch Purchase and Deposit AssumptionReorganization Agreement, dated September 29, 2016.  The Company purchased allon May 1, 2020 each share of MNB common stock was converted into the right to receive 1.039 shares of the deposit liabilities associatedCompany’s common stock. As a result of the merger, the Company issued 1,176,970 shares of its common stock, valued at $45.4 million, and cash in exchange for fractional shares based upon $43.77, the determined market price of the Company’s common stock in accordance with the branch, certain loans, andReorganization Agreement. The results of the branch real estate, and immediately closedcombined entity’s operations

29


Table Of Contents

are included in the branch and consolidatedCompany’s Consolidated Financial Statements from the acquired deposits and loans into its nearby West Scranton branch office.date of acquisition. The Company expects this transaction to expand its customer base in West Scranton.

The transaction has beenacquisition of MNB was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting.  Theaccounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, assetsliabilities assumed, and assumed liabilitiesconsideration paid were recorded at book value which also represented estimated fair value atvalues on the acquisition date. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of acquisition.  Management made significant estimates and exercised significant judgement in estimating fair value, but the fair value adjustments were deemed immaterial to the financial statements. acquisition.

The Company recognized $41 thousand of acquisition-related costs during the first nine months of 2017.  These costs are being

31


Table Of Contents

expensed as incurred and are presented in non-interest expenses on the consolidated statements of income.  Costs incurred in 2017 consist principally of legal fees and other professional fees.

The following table summarizes the estimatedconsideration paid for MNB and the fair value of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:

Purchase Price Consideration in Common Stock

MNB shares outstanding

1,132,873

Exchange ratio

1.039

Total FDBC shares

1,177,055

Shares paid in cash for fractional shares

84.71

Cash consideration (per MNB share)

$

43.77

Cash portion of purchase price (cash in lieu of fractional shares)

$

3,708

Total FDBC shares issued

1,176,970

FDBC’s share price for purposes of calculation

$

38.58

Equity portion of purchase price

$

45,407,503

Total consideration paid

$

45,411,210

Allocation of Purchase Price

In thousands    

Total Purchase Price

$

45,411

Estimated Fair Value of Assets Acquired

Cash and cash equivalents

53,004

Investment securities

123,420

Loans held for sale

604

Loans

244,679

Restricted investments in bank stock

692

Premises and equipment

6,907

Core deposit intangible asset

1,973

Other assets

13,264

Total assets acquired

444,543

Estimated Fair Value of Liabilities Assumed

Non-interest bearing deposits

118,822

Interest bearing deposits

276,816

FHLB borrowings

7,627

Other liabilities

2,710

Total liabilities assumed

405,975

Net Assets Acquired

38,568

Goodwill Recorded in Acquisition

$

6,843

Pursuant to the accounting requirements, the Corporation assigned a fair value to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of MNB. ASC 820 defines fair value as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.”

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of MNB were recorded at their estimated fair values based on management’s best estimates using information available at the date of acquisition:the acquisition and are subject to adjustment for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition. While the fair values are not expected to be materially different from the estimates, any material adjustments to the estimates will be reflected, retroactively, as of the date of the acquisition. The items most susceptible to adjustment are the fair value adjustments on loans, core deposit intangible and the deferred income tax assets resulting from the acquisition. Fair values of the major categories of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined as follows:


30


Table Of Contents

Investment securities available-for-sale

The estimated fair values of the investment securities available for sale, primarily comprised of U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities, U.S. government agencies and municipal bonds, were determined using Level 1 and Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The fair values were determined using executable market bids or independent pricing services. The Corporation’s independent pricing service utilized matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific security but rather relying on the security’s relationship to other benchmark quoted prices. Management reviewed the data and assumptions used in pricing the securities. A fair value premium of $3.9 million was recorded and will be amortized over the estimated life of the investments using the interest rate method.

Loans

Acquired loans (performing and non-performing) are initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair values using Level 3 inputs. Fair values are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that involves assumptions and judgments as to credit risk, expected lifetime losses, environmental factors, collateral values, discount rates, expected payments and expected prepayments. Specifically, the Corporation has prepared 3 separate loan fair value adjustments that it believed a market participant might employ in estimating the entire fair value adjustment necessary under ASC 820-10 for the acquired loan portfolio. The 3-separate fair valuation methodology employed are: 1) an interest rate loan fair value adjustment, 2) a general credit fair value adjustment, and 3) a specific credit fair value adjustment for purchased credit impaired loans subject to ASC 310-30 procedures. The acquired loans were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date without carryover of MNB’s previously established allowance for loan losses. The fair value of the financial assets acquired included loans receivable with a gross amortized cost basis of $250.3 million.

The table below illustrates the fair value adjustments made to the amortized cost basis in order to present the fair value of the loans acquired. The credit adjustment on purchased credit impaired loans is derived in accordance with ASC 310-30 and represents the portion of the loan balances that has been deemed uncollectible based on the Corporation’s expectations of future cash flows for each respective loan.

Dollars in thousands

(dollars in thousands)Gross amortized cost basis at April 30, 2020

March 17, 2017

$

250,347

Interest rate fair value adjustment on pools of homogeneous loans

3,335

Cash and cash equivalentsCredit fair value adjustment on pools of homogeneous loans

$

11,817 

Loans

1,574 

Bank premises and equipment

264 

Goodwill

209 

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

Total assets acquired

$

13,868 

(6,863)

DepositsCredit fair value adjustment on purchased credit impaired loans

$

13,809 

(1,536)

Accrued interest payable and other liabilitiesFair value of acquired loans at April 30, 2020

59 

$

245,283

Total liabilities assumed

$

13,868 

The CompanyFor loans acquired $1.6 million in residential and consumer loans.  None of the loans that were acquired hadwithout evidence of credit quality deterioration.    

deterioration, the Company prepared the interest rate loan fair value and credit fair value adjustments. Loans were grouped into homogeneous pools by characteristics such as loan type, term, collateral, and rate. Market rates for similar loans were obtained from various internal and external data sources and reviewed by management for reasonableness. The average of these rates was used as the fair value interest rate a market participant would utilize. A present value approach was utilized to calculate the interest rate fair value premium of $3.3 million. Additionally, for loans acquired without credit deterioration, a credit fair value adjustment was calculated using a two-part credit fair value analysis: 1) expected lifetime credit migration losses; and 2) estimated fair value adjustment for certain qualitative factors. The expected lifetime losses were calculated using historical losses observed by the Company, MNB and peer banks. The Company recorded goodwill associatedalso estimated an environmental factor to apply to each loan type. The environmental factor represents the potential discount which may arise due to general credit and economic factors. A credit fair value discount of $6.9 million was determined. Both the interest rate and credit fair value adjustments relate to loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration will be substantially recognized as interest income on a level yield amortization method over the expected life of the loans.

The following table presents the acquired purchased credit impaired loans receivable at the acquisition date:

Dollars in thousands

Contractual principal and interest at acquisition

$

3,778

Nonaccretable difference

(2,214)

Expected cash flows at acquisition

1,564

Accretable yield

(248)

Fair value of purchased impaired loans

$

1,316

The Company assumed leases on 4 branch facilities of MNB. The Company prepared an internal analysis to compare the lease contract obligations to comparable market rental rates. The Company believed that the leased contract rates were in a reasonable range of market rental rates and concluded that no fair market value adjustment related to leasehold interest was necessary. The fair value of MNB’s buildings, and improvements, was determined by the Company that the book value will be used as a proxy for fair value therefore no fair value adjustment is warranted.

31


Table Of Contents

Core Deposit Intangible

The fair value of the core deposit intangible was determined based on a discounted cash flow (present value) analysis using a discount rate commensurate with market participants. To calculate cash flows, deposit account servicing costs (net of deposit fee income) and interest expense on deposits were compared to the higher cost of alternative funding sources available through national brokered CD offering rates and FHLB advance rates. The projected cash flows were developed using projected deposit attrition rates based on the average rate experienced by both institutions. The core deposit intangible will be amortized over ten years using the sum-of-years digits method.

Time Deposits

The fair value adjustment for time deposits represents a discount from the value of the contractual repayments of fixed maturity deposits using prevailing market interest rates for similar-term time deposits. The time deposit premium is being amortized into income on a level yield amortization method over the contractual life of the deposits.

FHLB Borrowings

The Company assumed FHLB borrowings in connection with the merger. The fair value of FHLB Borrowings was determined by using FHLB prepayment penalty as a proxy for the fair value adjustment. The Company decided to pay off the borrowing post acquisition date therefore no amortization is warranted.

Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information

The following table presents certain unaudited pro forma financial information for illustrative purposes only, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, as if MNB had been acquired on January 1, 2019. This unaudited pro forma information combines the historical results of MNB with the Corporation’s consolidated historical results and includes certain adjustments reflecting the estimated impact of certain fair value adjustments for the respective periods. The pro forma information is not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition occurred as of the beginning of the year prior to the acquisition. The unaudited pro forma information does not consider any changes to the provision expense resulting from recording loan assets at fair value, cost savings or business synergies. As a result, actual amounts would have differed from the unaudited pro forma information presented and the differences could be significant.

Years ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

Net interest income

$

48,812

$

46,199

Other income

14,387

11,966

Total net interest income and other income

$

63,199

$

58,165

Net income

14,272

16,035

Basic earnings per common share

$

2.87

$

3.24

Diluted earnings per common share

$

2.85

$

3.21

Merger-related expenses

For the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Company incurred merger-related expenses related to the merger with MNB totaling $0.3 million, primarily consisting of professional fees.

Pending Acquisition

On February 26, 2021, the Company announced the execution of an agreement and plan of reorganization to acquire Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (“Landmark”) in a transaction valued on February 25, 2021 at $43.4 million. Under the terms of the agreement, Landmark shareholders will receive as consideration 0.272 shares of Fidelity common stock and $3.26 in cash for each share of Landmark common stock that they own as of the closing date. Landmark is the holding company of Landmark Community Bank (“Landmark Bank”) which operates 5 retail community banking offices in Northeastern Pennsylvania. Subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement, Landmark will merge with and into an acquisition subsidiary of the Company and Landmark Bank will merge with and into the Bank. The merger which is subject to approval of Landmark’s shareholders, regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions, is currently expected to close in the third quarter of 2021. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company incurred $0.5 million in merger-related expenses related to the pending acquisition of the West Scranton branchLandmark, primarily consisting of Wayne bank totaling $0.2 million.  Goodwill is not amortized, but is periodically evaluated for impairment.professional fees. The Company did not recognize any impairment duringexpects to incur another $3.2 million in non-recurring costs to facilitate the nine months ended September 30, 2017.  For income tax purposes, goodwill will be deducted over a 15 year period.anticipated merger and integrate systems in 2021.


32


Table Of Contents

10. Employee Benefits

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI)

The Company has purchased single premium BOLI policies on certain officers. The policies are recorded at their cash surrender values. Increases in cash surrender values are included in non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. In March 2017,As a result of the acquisition of MNB, the Company added BOLI with a value of $9.3 million during 2020. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company purchased an additional $8.0$11.0 million of BOLI. The policies’ cash surrender value totaled $19.9$44.6 million and $11.4$44.3 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 20162020 and is reflected as an asset on the consolidated balance sheets. As of September 30, 2017For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2016,2020, the Company has recorded income of $422$296 thousand and $264$165 thousand, respectively.

Officer Life Insurance

In 2017, the Bank entered into separate split dollar life insurance arrangements (Split Dollar Agreements) with eleven11 officers. This plan provides each officer a specified death benefit should the officer die while in the Bank’s employ. The Bank paid the insurance premiums in March 2017 and the arrangements were effective in March 2017. In March 2019, the Bank entered into a new Split Dollar Agreement with 1 officer. In January 2021, the Bank entered into Split Dollar Agreements with 15 officers. The Bank owns the policies and all cash values thereunder. Upon death of the covered employee, the agreed-upon amount of death proceeds from the policies will be paid directly to the insured’s beneficiary. As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the policies had total death benefits of $20.6$42.6 million of which $4.0$4.4 million would have been paid to the officer’s beneficiaries and the remaining $16.6$38.2 million would have been paid to the Bank. In addition, three4 executive officers have the opportunity to retain a split dollar benefit equal to two times their highest base salary after separation from service if the vesting requirements are met. As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company accrued expenses of $21$164 thousand and $154 thousand for the split dollar benefit.

Supplemental Executive Retirement plan (SERP)

On March 29, 2017, the Bank entered into separate supplemental executive retirement agreements (individually the “SERP Agreement”) with five5 officers, pursuant to which the Bank will credit an amount to a SERP account established on each participant’s behalf while they are actively employed by the Bank for each calendar month from March 1, 2017 until retirement. On March 20, 2019, the Bank entered into a SERP Agreement with 1 officer, pursuant to which the Bank will credit an amount to a SERP account established for the participant’s behalf while they are actively employed by the Bank for each calendar month from March 1, 2019 until normal retirement age. As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company accrued expenses of $268 thousand$2.1 million and $2.0 million in connection with the SERP.

11. Revenue Recognition

As of January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and all subsequent ASUs that modified Topic 606. The Company has elected to use the modified retrospective approach with prior period financial statements unadjusted and presented with historical revenue recognition methods. The implementation of the new standard had no material impact on the measurement or recognition of revenue; as such, a cumulative effect adjustment to opening retained earnings was not deemed necessary.

The majority of the Company’s revenues are generated through interest earned on securities and loans, which is explicitly excluded from the scope of the guidance. In addition, certain non-interest income streams such as fees associated with mortgage servicing rights, loan service charges, life insurance earnings, rental income and gains/losses on the sale of loans and securities are not in the scope of the new guidance. The main types of contracts with customers that are in the scope of the new guidance are:

Service charges on deposit accounts – Deposit service charges represent fees charged by the Company for the performance obligation of providing services to a customer’s deposit account. The transaction price for deposit services includes both fixed and variable amounts based on the Company’s fee schedules. Revenue is recognized and payment is received either at a point in time for transactional fees or on a monthly basis for non-transactional fees.

Interchange fees – Interchange fees represent fees charged by the Company for customers using debit cards. The contract is between the Company and the processor and the performance obligation is the ability of customers to use debit cards to make purchases at a point in time. The transaction price is a percentage of debit card usage and the processor pays the Company and revenue is recorded throughout the month as the performance obligations are being met.

Fees from trust fiduciary activities – Trust fees represent fees charged by the Company for the management, custody and/or administration of trusts. These are mostly monthly fees based on the market value of assets in the trust account at the prior month end. Payment is generally received a few weeks after month end through a direct charge to customers’ accounts. Estate fees are recognized and charged as the Company reaches each of six different stages of the estate administration process.

Fees from financial services – Financial service fees represent fees charged by the Company for the performance obligation of providing various services for an investment account. Revenue is recognized twice monthly for fees on sales transactions and on a monthly basis for advisory fees and quarterly for trail fees.

Gain/loss on ORE sales – Gain/loss on the sale of ORE is recognized at the closing date when the sales proceeds are received. In seller-financed ORE transactions, the contract is made subject to our normal underwriting standards and pricing. The Company does not have any obligation or right to repurchase any sales of ORE.

3233


Table Of Contents

Contract balances

A contract asset balance occurs when an entity performs a service for a customer before the customer pays consideration (resulting in a contract receivable) or before the payment is due (resulting in a contract asset). A contract liability balance is an entity’s obligation to transfer a service to a customer for which the entity already received payment (or payment is due) from the customer. The Company’s non-interest income streams are largely based on transactional activity, or standard month-end revenue accruals such as asset management fees based on month-end market values. Consideration is often received immediately or shortly after the Company satisfies its performance obligation and revenue is recognized. The Company typically does not enter into long-term revenue contracts with customers, and therefore, does not experience significant contract balances. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company did 0t have any significant contract balances.

Remaining performance obligations

The Company’s performance obligations have an original expected duration of less than one year and follow the relevant guidance for recognizing revenue over time. There is no variable consideration subject to constraint that is not included in information about transaction price.

Contract acquisition costs

In connection with the adoption of Topic 606, an entity is required to capitalize and subsequently amortize into expense, certain incremental costs of obtaining a contract if these costs are expected to be recovered. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that an entity incurs to obtain a contract with a customer that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained (for example, sales commission). The Company utilizes the practical expedient which allows entities to immediately expense contract acquisition costs when the asset that would have resulted from capitalizing these costs would have been amortized in one year or less. Upon adoption of Topic 606, the Company did 0t capitalize any contract acquisition costs.

12. Leases

ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. For all operating lease contracts where the Company is lessee, a right-of-use (ROU) asset and lease liability was recorded as of the effective date. The Company assumed all renewal terms will be exercised when calculating the ROU assets and lease liabilities. For leases existing at the transition date, any prepaid or deferred rent was added to the ROU asset to calculate the lease liability. The discount rate used to calculate the present value of future payments at the transition date was the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. The Company used the FHLB fixed rate borrowing rates on December 29, 2018 as the discount rate at transition. For all classes of underlying assets, the Company has elected not to record short-term leases (leases with a term of 12 months or less) on the balance sheet when the Company is lessee. Instead, the Company will recognize the lease payment on a straight-line basis over the lease term and variable lease payments in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. For all asset classes, the Company has elected, as a lessee, not to separate nonlease components from lease components and instead to account for each separate lease component and nonlease components associated with that lease component as a single lease component.

Management determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at contract inception. If an arrangement is determined to be or contains a lease, the Company recognizes a ROU asset and a lease liability when the asset is placed in service.

The Company’s operating leases, where the Company is lessee, include property, land and equipment. As of March 31, 2021, 10 of the Company’s branch properties were leased under operating leases. In 4 of the branch leases, the Company leases the land from an unrelated third party, and the buildings are the Company’s own capital improvement. The Company also leases three standalone ATMs under operating leases. Additionally, the Company has four equipment leases classified as finance leases.

The following is an analysis of the leased property under finance leases:

(dollars in thousands)

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Equipment

$

485

$

485

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

(226)

(202)

Leased property under finance leases, net

$

259

$

283


34


The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under finance leases together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of March 31, 2021:

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

2021

$

76

2022

101

2023

74

2024

17

2025

8

2026 and thereafter

-

Total minimum lease payments (a)

276

Less amount representing interest (b)

(9)

Present value of net minimum lease payments

$

267

(a)The future minimum lease payments have not been reduced by estimated executory costs (such as taxes and maintenance) since this amount was deemed immaterial by management.

(b)Amount necessary to reduce net minimum lease payments to present value calculated at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate upon lease inception.

As of March 31, 2021, the Company leased its Green Ridge, Pittston, Peckville, Back Mountain, Mountain Top, Abington, Nazareth, Easton, Bethlehem and Martins Creek branches under the terms of operating leases. Common area maintenance is included in variable lease payments in the table below. The Abington branch has variable lease payments which are calculated as a percentage of the national prime rate of interest and are expensed as incurred. The Bethlehem branch has variable lease payments that increase annually and are expensed as incurred.

(dollars in thousands)

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

Lease cost

Finance lease cost:

Amortization of right-of-use assets

$

24

$

20

Interest on lease liabilities

2

2

Operating lease cost

148

108

Short-term lease cost

5

5

Variable lease cost

1

(1)

Total lease cost

$

180

$

134

Other information

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

Operating cash flows from finance leases

$

2

$

2

Operating cash flows from operating leases (Fixed payments)

$

138

$

99

Operating cash flows from operating leases (Liability reduction)

$

77

$

39

Financing cash flows from finance leases

$

24

$

18

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities

$

-

$

-

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

$

-

$

-

Weighted-average remaining lease term - finance leases

2.89 yrs

3.42 yrs

Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases

21.13 yrs

23.66 yrs

Weighted-average discount rate - finance leases

2.50%

3.07%

Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases

3.57%

3.78%

During the first quarter of 2021, $171 thousand of the total lease cost is included in premises and equipment expense and $9 thousand is included in other expenses on the consolidated statements of income. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We recognized both the interest expense and amortization expense for finance leases in premises and equipment expense since the interest expense portion was immaterial.


35


The future minimum lease payments for the Company’s branch network and equipment under operating leases that have lease terms in excess of one year as of March 31, 2021 are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

2021

$

415

2022

518

2023

508

2024

511

2025

517

2026 and thereafter

8,381

Total future minimum lease payments

10,850

Plus variable payment adjustment

220

Less amount representing interest

(3,503)

Present value of net future minimum lease payments

$

7,567

The Company leases several properties, where the Company is lessor, under operating leases to unrelated parties. Some of these properties are residential properties surrounding the Main Branch that the Company leases on a month-to-month basis and are considered short-term leases. The undiscounted cash flows to be received on an annual basis for the remaining three properties under long-term operating leases are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

2021

$

154

2022

104

2023

48

2024

51

2025

54

2026 and thereafter

81

Total lease payments to be received

$

492

The Company also indirectly originates automobile leases classified as direct finance leases. See Footnote 5, “Loans and leases”, for more information about the Company’s direct finance leases.

Lease income recognized from direct finance leases was included in interest income from loans and leases on the consolidated statements of income. Lease income related to operating leases is included in fees and other revenue on the consolidated statements of income. The Company only receives a variable payment for taxes from one of its lessees, but the amount is immaterial and excluded from rental income. The amount of lease income recognized on the consolidated statements of income was as follows for the periods indicated:

For the three months ended March 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2021

2020

Lease income - direct finance leases

Interest income on lease receivables

$

190

$

176

Lease income - operating leases

51

57

Total lease income

$

241

$

233

36


Item 2: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following is management's discussion and analysis of the significant changes in the consolidated financial condition of the Company as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 20162020 and a comparison of the results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 2016.2020. Current performance may not be indicative of future results. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s 20162020 Annual Report filed on Form 10-K.

Forward-looking statements

Certain of the matters discussed in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q may constitute forward-looking statements for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as such may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The words “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “estimate,” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.

The Company’s actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:

§

the effects of economic conditions on current customers, specifically the effect of the economy on loan customers’ ability to repay loans;

§

the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation;

§

the impact of new or changes in existing laws and regulations, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the regulations promulgated there under;

§

impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of the Basel III standards and other regulatory pronouncements, regulations and rules;

§

governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes;

§

effects of short- and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and their effect on economic and business conditions;

§

the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;

§

the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest rate protection agreements, as well as interest rate risks;

§

the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds and other financial institutions operating in our market area and elsewhere, including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally and internationally, together with such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the internet;

§

technological changes;

§

the interruption or breach in security of our information systems and other technological risks and attacks resulting in failures or disruptions in customer account management, general ledger processing and loan or deposit updates and potential impacts resulting therefrom including additional costs, reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and financial losses;

§

acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses;

§

the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimations of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities;

§

volatilities in the securities markets;

§

acts of war or terrorism;

§

disruption of credit and equity markets; and

§

the risk that our analyses of these risks and forces could be incorrect and/or that the strategies developed to address them could be unsuccessful.

the effects of economic conditions particularly with regard to the negative impact of severe, wide-ranging and continuing disruptions caused by the spread of Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) and responses thereto on current customers and the operations of the Company, specifically the effect of the economy on loan customers’ ability to repay loans;

acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses, including but not limited to, the recent acquisition of MNB Corporation (“MNB”) and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary;

the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation;

the impact of new or changes in existing laws and regulations, including the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the regulations promulgated there under;

impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of the Basel III standards and other regulatory pronouncements, regulations and rules;

governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes;

effects of short- and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and their effect on economic and business conditions;

the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;

the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest rate protection agreements, as well as interest rate risks;

the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds and other financial institutions operating in our market area and elsewhere, including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally and internationally, together with such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the internet;

technological changes;

the interruption or breach in security of our information systems and other technological risks and attacks resulting in failures or disruptions in customer account management, general ledger processing and loan or deposit updates and potential impacts resulting therefrom including additional costs, reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and financial losses;

acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses;

the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimations of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities;

volatilities in the securities markets;

acts of war or terrorism;

disruption of credit and equity markets; and

the risk that our analyses of these risks and forces could be incorrect and/or that the strategies developed to address them could be unsuccessful.

The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect analyses only as of the date of this document. The Company has no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document.

Readers should review the risk factors described in other documents that we file or furnish, from time to time, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Annual Reports to Shareholders, Annual Reports filed on Form 10-K and other current reports filed or furnished on Form 8-K.


37


Table Of Contents

Executive Summary

The Company is a Pennsylvania corporation and a bank holding company, whose wholly-owned state chartered commercial bank is The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank. The Company is headquartered in Dunmore, Pennsylvania. We consider Lackawanna, Northampton and Luzerne Counties our primary marketplace.

As a leading Northeastern Pennsylvania community bank, our goals are to enhance shareholder value while continuing to build a full-service community bank. We focus on growing our core business of retail and business lending and deposit gathering while

33


Table Of Contents

maintaining strong asset quality and controlling operating expenses. We continue to implement strategies to diversify earning assets (see “Funds Deployed” section of this management’s discussion and analysis) and to increase low cost core deposits.deposits (see “Funds Provided” section of this management’s discussion and analysis). These strategies include a greater level of commercial lending and the ancillary business products and services supporting our commercial customers’ needs as well as residential lending strategies and an array of consumer products. We focus on developing a full banking relationship with existing, as well as new small-business prospects. The Bank has a personal and middle-sized business prospects.corporate trust department and also provides alternative financial and insurance products with asset management services. In addition, we explore opportunities to selectively expand our franchise footprint, consisting presently of our 10-branch20-branch network.  Currently, the Company is constructing a new branch in Dallas, PA in order to expand our presence in Luzerne County, which is expected to open in the third quarter of 2018.

On August 15, 2017, the Company declared  a three-for-two stock split to  shareholders effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend.  All share and per share information included in the accompanying management’s discussion and analysis has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.

We are impacted by both national and regional economic factors, with commercial, commercial real estate and residential mortgage loans concentrated in Northeastern Pennsylvania, primarily in Lackawanna and Luzerne counties.  Although the U.S. economy has shown signs of modest improvement, the general operating environmentcounties, and our local market area continue to remain challenging.  For the near-term, we expect to continue to operate in a low, but slowly-rising interest rate environment.  A rising rate environment positions the Company to improve its net interest income performance.Eastern Pennsylvania, primarily Northampton County. The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) adjustedbegan increasing interest rates at the short-term federal funds rate upend of 2015 in an attempt to return to a “normal” stance. Rate cuts of 50 and 100 basis points so far during 2017.  Expectations are for short-term rates to rise once more this year, potentially pressuring deposit rate pricing.  The national unemployment rate for September 2017 was 4.2%, down from 4.7% at December 2016.  The unemployment rate in Scranton - Wilkes-Barre Metropolitan Statistical Area (local) decreased during the first nine monthsquarter of 2017 as well, but continued to lag behind2020 at the unemployment ratesstart of the state and nation.pandemic completely reversed the increases initiated by the FOMC at the end of 2015. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the localnational unemployment rate at September 30, 2017for March 2021 was 5.0%6.0%, a decrease of 0.4down 0.7 percentage points from 5.4%December 2020. However, the unemployment rates in the Scranton - Wilkes-Barre - Hazleton and the Allentown – Bethlehem - Easton Metropolitan Statistical Areas (local) increased and remained at a higher level than the national unemployment rate. The local unemployment rates at March 31, 2021 were 9.0% and 7.3%, respectively, an increase of 1.0 and 0.7 percentage points from the 8.0% and 6.6%, respectively, at December 31, 2016.  Although the2020. The local unemployment rate decreased duringrates have risen as a result of the effects of the pandemic. The increase in unemployment and business restrictions has had an effect on spending in our market area and unemployment is expected to remain above the pre-pandemic levels for the next few months. Stimulus payments and enhanced unemployment benefits have supported the economy throughout 2020 and the first nine monthsquarter of 2017, it was due2021 and the government could continue to a drop in the labor force rather than an increase in jobs.  Seasonal fluctuations in unemployment are expected.provide this support throughout 2021. The median home values in the region have gone up 4.4% over the pastScranton-Wilkes-Barre-Hazleton metro and Allentown-Bethlehem-Easton metro increased 13.6% and 14.2% from a year andago, according to Zillow, an online database advertising firm providing access to its real estate search engines to various media outlets, and values are expected to rise 2.2% withingrow 6.7% and 9.8% in the next year. In light of these expectations, we will continue to monitor the economic climate in our region and scrutinize growth prospects with credit quality as a principal consideration.

DuringOn May 1, 2020, the third quarterCompany completed its previously announced acquisition of 2017,MNB Corporation (“MNB”) and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary. The merger expanded the Company’s loan growth was negated by approximately $6full-service footprint into Northampton County, PA and the Lehigh Valley. Non-recurring costs to facilitate the merger and integrate systems of $2.5 million in cash inflow fromwere incurred during 2020.

On February 26, 2021, the satisfaction of two commercial real estate loans.  Management focused on growing business and public depositsCompany announced an agreement to acquire Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (“Landmark”). The Company expects to complete the merger with Landmark during the third quarter of 2017 to pay down short-term borrowings.2021. The Company expects non-recurring costs to facilitate the anticipated merger and integrate systems in 2021 incurred by the Company to be $3.7 million, of which $0.5 million was successfulrecognized in the first quarter. The Company remains committed to selectively expanding branch banking and wealth management locations in Northeastern and Eastern Pennsylvania as opportunities arrive going forward.

For the first quarter of 2021, net income was able$5.7 million, or $1.13 diluted earnings per share, compared to grow non-interest bearing business accounts by $11.7$2.6 million, interest-bearing business accounts by $8.3 million, interest-bearing public accounts by $7.7 million,  business money market accounts by $6.3or $0.69 diluted earnings per share, for the first quarter of 2020. Non-recurring merger-related costs and a FHLB prepayment penalty incurred during the first quarter of 2021 are not a part of the Company’s normal operations. If these expenses had not occurred, adjusted net income (non-GAAP) for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 would have been $6.5 million and $6.1$2.9 million, respectively. Adjusted diluted EPS (non-GAAP) would have been $1.29 and $0.76 for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

For the quarters ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, tangible common book value per share (non-GAAP) was $31.00 and $29.47, respectively. These non-GAAP measures should be reviewed in CDs duringconnection with the third quarterreconciliation of 2017.these non-GAAP ratios. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” located below within this management’s discussion and analysis.

Branch managers, relationship bankers, mortgage originators and our business service partners are all focused on developing a mutually profitable full banking relationship. We understand our markets, offer products and services along with financial advice that is appropriate for our community, clients and prospects. The Company continues to focus on the trusted financial advisor model by utilizing the team approach of experienced bankers that are fully engaged and dedicated towards maintaining and growing profitable relationships.

In addition to the challenging economic environment in which we compete, the regulation and oversight of our business has changed significantly in recent years. As described more fully in Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” below, as well as Part I, Item 1A, “Risk

38


Table Of Contents

Factors,” and in the “Supervisory and Regulation” section of management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in our 20162020 Annual Report filed on Form 10-K, certain aspects of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform Act (Dodd-Frank Act) continue to have a significant impact on us. In addition, final rules to implement Basel III regulatory capital reform, approved by the federal bank regulatory agencies in 2013, subject many banks including the Company, to capital requirements which will be phased in.  The initial provisionsbecame effective for us beganthe Company on January 1, 2015.2015 and were fully phased in on January 1, 2019. The rules also revise the minimum risk-based and leverage capital ratio requirements applicable to the Company and revise the calculation of risk-weighted assets to enhance their risk sensitivity. We will continue to prepare for the impacts thatof the continuing implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III capital standards, and related rulemaking will have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

GeneralNon-GAAP Financial Measures

The following are non-GAAP financial measures which provide useful insight to the reader of the consolidated financial statements but should be supplemental to GAAP used to prepare the Company’s financial statements and should not be read in isolation or relied upon as a substitute for GAAP measures. In addition, the Company’s non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to non-GAAP measures of other companies. The Company’s tax rate used to calculate the fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) adjustment was 21% at March 31, 2021 and 2020.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of FTE net interest income:

(dollars in thousands)

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

Interest income (GAAP)

$

14,340 

$

9,711 

Adjustment to FTE

416 

191 

Interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)

14,756 

9,902 

Interest expense (GAAP)

890 

1,705 

Net interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)

$

13,866 

$

8,197 

The efficiency ratio is non-interest expenses as a percentage of FTE net interest income plus non-interest income. The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of the efficiency ratio to GAAP:

(dollars in thousands)

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP)

Non-interest expenses (GAAP)

$

11,456 

$

7,304 

Net interest income (GAAP)

13,450 

8,006 

Plus: taxable equivalent adjustment

416 

191 

Non-interest income (GAAP)

5,516 

2,755 

Net interest income (FTE) plus non-interest income (non-GAAP)

$

19,382 

$

10,952 

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)

59.11%

66.69%

The following table provides a reconciliation of the tangible common equity (non-GAAP) and the calculation of tangible book value per share:

(dollars in thousands)

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

Tangible Book Value per Share (non-GAAP)

Total assets (GAAP)

$

1,913,092 

$

1,062,495 

Less: Intangible assets, primarily goodwill

(8,697)

(209)

Tangible assets

1,904,395 

1,062,286 

Total shareholders' equity (GAAP)

163,582 

112,140 

Less: Intangible assets, primarily goodwill

(8,697)

(209)

Tangible common equity

$

154,884 

$

111,931 

Common shares outstanding, end of period

4,995,547 

3,797,646 

Tangible Common Book Value per Share

$

31.00

$

29.47


39


Table Of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the Company’s earnings results under GAAP to comparative non-GAAP results excluding merger-related expenses:

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

Income before
income taxes

Provision for
income taxes

Net income

Diluted earnings
per share

Income before
income taxes

Provision for
income taxes

Net income

Diluted earnings
per share

Results of operations (GAAP)

$

6,710 

$

1,043 

$

5,667 

$

1.13 

$

3,157 

$

523 

$

2,634 

$

0.69 

Add: Merger-related expenses

523 

515 

0.10 

271 

262 

0.07 

Add: FHLB prepayment penalty

369 

78 

291 

0.06 

-

-

-

-

Adjusted earnings (non-GAAP)

$

7,602 

$

1,129 

$

6,473 

$

1.29 

$

3,428 

$

532 

$

2,896 

$

0.76 

General

The Company’s earnings depend primarily on net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and interest expense. Interest income is generated from yields earned on interest-earning assets, which consist principally of loans and investment securities. Interest expense is incurred from rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, which consist of deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is determined by the Company’s interest rate spread (the difference between the yields earned on its interest-earning assets and the rates paid on its interest-bearing liabilities) and the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate spread is significantly impacted by: changes in interest rates and market yield curves and their related impact on cash flows; the composition and characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; differences in the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of assets compared to the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of the liabilities that fund them and by the competition in the marketplace.

The Company’s earnings are also affected by the level of its non-interest income and expenses and by the provisions for loan losses and income taxes. Non-interest income mainly consists of: service charges on the Company’s loan and deposit products; interchange fees; trust and asset management service fees; increases in the cash surrender value of the bank owned life insurance and from net gains or losses from sales of loans and securities. Non-interest expense consists of: compensation and related employee benefit costs; occupancy; equipment; data processing; advertising and marketing; FDIC insurance premiums; professional fees; loan collection; net other real estate owned (ORE) expenses; supplies and other operating overhead.

Net interest income, net interest rate margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio are presented in the MD&A on a fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) basis. The Company believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

34


Table Of Contents

Comparison of the results of operations

Three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 20162020

Overview

For the thirdfirst quarter of 2017,2021, the Company generated $2.2 million in net income of $5.7 million, or $0.60$1.13 per diluted share, an increase of $0.2compared to $2.6 million, or 9%, over the $2.0 million, or $0.55 per diluted share, generated for the third quarter of 2016.  Net income also grew during the first nine months of 2017 to $6.4 million, or $1.72 per diluted share, an increase of $0.7 million, or 13%, compared to $5.7 million, or $1.54$0.69 per diluted share, for the same 2016 period.  Infirst quarter of 2020. The $3.1 million, or 115%, increase in net income was primarily the both the quarterresult of $5.4 million higher net interest income and year-to-date comparisons, the increase was due to higher revenue which$2.8 million more thannon-interest income partially offset additionalby a $4.2 million rise in non-interest expenses and an$0.5 million increase in the provision for loan losses. The increase in non-interest expenses was driven by the impact of adding the operations of MNB along with merger-related expenses incurred in connection with the acquisitions of MNB and Landmark.

Return on average assets (ROA) was 1.03%1.29% and 1.07%1.04% for the thirdfirst quarters of 20172021 and 2016, respectively, and 1.02% and 1.01% for2020. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  In the quarterly comparison, the decrease in ROA was the result of the growth in average assets outpacing net income growth.  In the year-to-date comparison, ROA increased by one basis point due to continuous growth in net income.  Returnsame time periods, return on average shareholders’ equity (ROE) was 10.36%13.75% and 9.99% for9.74%, respectively. ROA and ROE both increased due to the third quarters of 2017 and 2016, respectively, and 10.24% and 9.55% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  In both periods, ROE increased primarily from the leverage growth in 2017 and also net income growth outpacingrelative to the increase in average shareholders’assets and equity.

Net interest income and interest sensitive assets / liabilities

For the thirdfirst quarter of 2017,2021, net interest income increased $0.6$5.4 million, or 10%68%, to $7.0$13.4 million from $6.4$8.0 million for the thirdfirst quarter of 2016,  due to higher interest income partially offset by increased interest expenses.  Although the yield on interest-earning assets remained flat, the Company produced $0.92020. The $4.6 million in additional interest income from growth of  $90.3 million in average interest-earning assets.    This growth in interest income was primarily drivenproduced by the addition of $707.6 million in average interest-earning assets partially offset by the effect of a 58 basis point decline in FTE yield earned on those assets. The loan portfolio withdrove this interest income growth due to $405.9 million more in average balance growth of $69.6 million which contributedloans, primarily from the MNB acquisition and PPP lending. In the investment portfolio, an additional $0.8 million to interest income.  In conjunction,increase in the average balances of municipal securities increased $27.0 million which produced $0.2 million morewas the biggest driver of interest income fromgrowth. The average balance of total securities grew $223.1 million producing $0.7 million in additional FTE interest income despite a decrease of 93 basis points in yields earned on investments. On the liability side, total interest-bearing liabilities grew $454.3 million, on average, with a 67 basis point decrease in rates paid thereon. A 61 basis point decrease in rates paid on deposits offset the effect of $482.0 million higher average interest-bearing liabilities were $76.1deposits resulting in $0.6 million higher with a fourteen basis point increase in average rates paid which resulted in $0.3 million moreless interest expense from deposits for the first quarter ended September 30, 2017of 2021 compared to the 20162020 like period.

Net interest income increased $2.1There was also $0.2 million or 11%, to $20.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to $18.7 million for the same 2016 period.  Growth in average interest-earning assets and the higher yields earned thereon produced $2.8 million moreless in interest income.  The loan portfolio experienced average balance growth of $64.2 million which had the effect of producing $1.9 million in income despite the negative impact ofexpense on borrowings due to lower rates paid on a three basis point decline in yield.  The averagelower balance of total investments grew $27.1 million, mostly in higher yielding mortgage-backed securities, resulting in another $0.9 million in interest income.  Interest income growth was partially offset by $0.6 million in additional interest expense.  average borrowings.

40


Table Of Contents

The higher interest expense was primarily attributable to $42.0 million more in average borrowings which resulted in $0.4 million more interest expense.  Of the increase in average borrowings, $19.1 million was FHLB advances used mostly to purchase securities and $22.9 million was overnight borrowings used to fund loan growth.  Larger average interest-bearing deposits of $22.2 million with a five basis point increase in rates contributed another $0.2 million to interest expense.

The fully-taxable equivalent (FTE)FTE net interest rate spread increased by nine basis points and margin decreased by fourteeneight basis points, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021 compared to the same 2016 period as a result of2020 period. The yields earned on interest-earning assets declined slower than the higher rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities whilecausing the yield on interest-earning assets was unchanged.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the spread was 3.58% compared to 3.59% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.improvement in net interest rate spread. The spread fell one basis point because rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased faster than the yield earned on interest-earning assets.  The FTEdecrease in net interest rate margin decreased by eleven basis points to 3.67% for the third quarter of 2017 compared to 3.78% for the third quarter of 2016was due to the largerhigher average balance of interest-earning assets.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, margin increased to 3.72% compared to 3.71% for the same 2016 period.  Margin growth resulted from growth of $17.6 million in average non-interest-bearing deposits mitigating the increase in the cost of funds.interest-bearing cash. The overall 23 basis point cost of funds, which includes the impact of non-interest bearing deposits, increased eleven and sevendecreased 54 basis points for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively,March 31, 2021 compared to the same 20162020 periods. The primary reason for the increasedecline was higher average borrowings which were used to fund asset growth along with an increasethe reduction in average interest-bearing deposits and the rates paid thereon. on deposits compared to the same 2020 periods.

For the remainder of 2017,2021, the Company expects to operate in a gradually increasingrelatively low interest rate environment. A rate environment with risingfalling interest rates positions the Company to improvereduce its interest income performance from new and maturing earning assets. Until there is a sustained period of yield curve steepening, with rates rising more sharply at the long end, the interest rate margin may experience compression. However forThe FOMC began easing the rest of 2017, the Company anticipates net interest income to improve as growth in interest-earning assets would help mitigate an adverse impact of rate movements on cost of funds.  The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) has been gradually increasing the short-term federal funds rate sinceduring the endsecond half of 2015, but it had a minimal effect on2019 and continued through the first quarter of 2020 which reduced rates paid on funding sources.interest-bearing liabilities. On the asset side, the prime interest rate, the benchmark rate that banks use as a base rate for adjustable rate loans rose 25was cut 75 basis points in March 2017the second half of 2019 and another 25150 basis points in June 2017.  The focus for the lastfirst quarter of 20172020. The Blue-Chip Financial Forecasts’ consensus forecasts are predicting a steepening yield curve, with basically flat short-term rates and rising long-term rates. The 2021 focus is to manage net interest income after years ofthrough a sustained low interestrelatively flat forecasted rate environmentcycle by maintainingcontrolling loan and deposit pricing to maintain a reasonable spread. Interest expenseincome is projected to continueincrease for the remainder of 2021. Management expects to grow inactively reduce the fourth quartercost of 2017 from growth in deposits and borrowings and an increase in rates

35


Table Of Contents

paid on both.funds to partially mitigate spread compression throughout this flat rate cycle. Continued growth in the loan portfolios complemented with investment security growth is expected to boost interest income, and when coupled with a proactive relationship approach to deposit cost setting strategies should help mitigate spread compression and contain the interest rate margin at acceptable levels.

The Company’s cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 59 basis points and 54 basis points0.31% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively, and 45March 31, 2021, or 67 basis points for bothlower than the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively.  The primary reasoncost for the increasesame 2020 periods. The decrease in interest paid on both periods was higher average borrowings.  Increases indeposits and borrowings contributed to the average balancelower cost of interest-bearing deposits andliabilities. The FOMC is not expected to cut the federal funds rate further, but the Company has the opportunity to reduce rates paid on these deposits also contributed to the higher cost of interest-bearing liabilities in both periods.  During the third quarter of 2017,as higher-priced promotional rates paid on interest-bearing deposits started to inch up from historic low levels over the past four years.  Interestand negotiated rates along the treasury yield curve have been volatilereprice into products with shorter-term rates rising faster than long-term rates producing a flatter yield curve during 2017.  Competition among banks has already begun to pressure banks to increase depositlower rates.  If  rates continue to rise in the last quarter of 2017, the effect could pressure net interest income if short-term rates rise more rapidly than longer-term interest rates, thereby compressing the interest rate spread. To help mitigate the impact of the imminent change to the economic landscape, the Company has successfully developed and will continue to strengthen its association with existing customers, develop new business relationships, generate new loan volumes, and retain and generate higher levels of average non-interest bearing deposit balances. Strategically deploying no- and low-cost deposits into interest earning-assets is an effective margin-preserving strategy that the Company expects to continue to pursue and expand to help stabilize net interest margin.

The Company’s Asset Liability Management (ALM) team meets regularly to discuss among other things, interest rate risk and when deemed necessary adjusts interest rates. ALM is actively addressing the Company's sensitivity to a changing rate environment to ensure interest rate risks are contained within acceptable levels. ALM also discusses revenue enhancing strategies to help combat the potential for a decline in net interest income. The Company’s marketing department, together with ALM, lenders and deposit gatherers, continue to develop prudent strategies that will grow the loan portfolio and accumulate low-cost deposits to improve net interest income performance.

The table that follows sets forth a comparison of average balances of assets and liabilities and their related net tax equivalent yields and rates for the periods indicated. Within the table, interest income was FTE adjusted, to a tax-equivalent basis (FTE), using the corporate federal tax rate of 34%21% for March 31, 2021 and 2020 to recognize the income from tax-exempt interest-earning assets as if the interest was taxable. The FTE adjustment to interest income was $325 thousandSee “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” within this management’s discussion and $285 thousandanalysis for the third quarters of 2017 and 2016, respectively, and $959 thousand and $845 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.FTE adjustments. This treatment allows a uniform comparison among yields on interest-earning assets. Loans include loans HFSheld-for-sale (HFS) and non-accrual loans but exclude the allowance for loan losses. Home equity lines of credit (HELOC) are included in the residential real estate category since they are secured by real estate. Net deferred loan costfee/(cost) amortization of $113 thousand$1.4 million and $117 thousand for($0.2 million) during the thirdfirst quarters of 20172021 and 2016, respectively, and $354 thousand and $353 thousand for the first nine months  of 2017 and 2016,2020, respectively, are included in interest income from loans. MNB loan fair value purchase accounting adjustments of $455 thousand are included in interest income from loans and $30 thousand reduced interest expense on deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2021. Fair value purchase accounting adjustments are preliminary and subject to refinement. Average balances are based on amortized cost and do not reflect net unrealized gains or losses. Residual values for direct finance leases are included in the average balances for consumer loans. Net interest margin is calculated by dividing annualized net interest income - FTEincome-FTE by total average interest-earning assets. Cost of funds includes the effect of average non-interest bearing deposits as a funding source:


3641


Table Of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

Three months ended

(dollars in thousands)

September 30, 2017

 

September 30, 2016

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

Average

 

 

 

Yield /

 

Average

 

 

 

Yield /

Average

Yield /

Average

Yield /

Assets

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

balance

Interest

rate

balance

Interest

rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

$

3,646 

 

$

12 

 

1.30 

%

 

$

9,980 

 

$

13 

 

0.53 

%

$

85,985 

$

21 

0.10 

%

$

6,853 

$

12 

0.72 

%

Restricted investments in bank stock

2,892 

33 

4.56 

3,434 

65 

7.61 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency - GSE

 

17,481 

 

63 

 

1.43 

 

 

18,102 

 

61 

 

1.34 

 

53,068 

181 

1.38 

5,943 

40 

2.70 

MBS - GSE residential

 

88,928 

 

547 

 

2.44 

 

 

69,146 

 

439 

 

2.53 

 

146,487 

519 

1.44 

125,504 

806 

2.58 

State and municipal (nontaxable)

 

41,880 

 

578 

 

5.48 

 

 

36,100 

 

505 

 

5.56 

 

157,508 

1,186 

3.05 

51,313 

535 

4.19 

Other

 

3,549 

 

48 

 

5.31 

 

 

1,485 

 

18 

 

4.81 

 

State and municipal (taxable)

49,414 

224 

1.84 

641 

2.97 

Total investments

 

151,838 

 

1,236 

 

3.23 

 

 

 

124,833 

 

1,023 

 

3.26 

 

406,477 

2,110 

2.11 

183,401 

1,386 

3.04 

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and commercial real estate (taxable)

 

298,598 

 

3,515 

 

4.67 

 

 

271,865 

 

3,064 

 

4.48 

 

Commercial and commercial real estate (nontaxable)

 

32,318 

 

333 

 

4.09 

 

 

26,770 

 

295 

 

4.38 

 

C&I and CRE (taxable)

645,596 

7,805 

4.90 

320,019 

3,985 

5.01 

C&I and CRE (nontaxable)

42,294 

404 

3.87 

36,675 

376 

4.13 

Consumer

 

108,513 

 

1,123 

 

4.10 

 

 

77,933 

 

983 

 

5.02 

 

162,325 

1,574 

3.93 

163,376 

1,611 

3.97 

Residential real estate

 

202,003 

 

2,034 

 

4.00 

 

 

195,229 

 

1,913 

 

3.90 

 

311,897 

2,809 

3.65 

236,138 

2,467 

4.20 

Total loans and leases

 

641,432 

 

7,005 

 

4.33 

 

 

 

571,797 

 

6,255 

 

4.35 

 

1,162,112 

12,592 

4.39 

756,208 

8,439 

4.49 

Total interest-earning assets

 

796,916 

 

8,253 

 

4.11 

%

 

706,610 

 

7,291 

 

4.11 

%

1,657,466 

14,756 

3.61 

%

949,896 

9,902 

4.19 

%

Non-interest earning assets

 

59,987 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,349 

 

 

 

 

 

121,813 

69,656 

Total assets

$

856,903 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

756,959 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,779,279 

$

1,019,552 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing checking

$

189,037 

 

$

208 

 

0.44 

%

 

$

156,545 

 

$

129 

 

0.33 

%

$

484,245 

$

376 

0.31 

%

$

248,364 

$

372 

0.60 

%

Savings and clubs

 

126,768 

 

42 

 

0.13 

 

 

121,829 

 

39 

 

0.13 

 

186,473 

32 

0.07 

104,309 

26 

0.10 

MMDA

 

119,705 

 

216 

 

0.72 

 

 

130,745 

 

199 

 

0.61 

 

361,446 

266 

0.30 

199,078 

595 

1.20 

Certificates of deposit

 

106,761 

 

276 

 

1.03 

 

 

96,554 

 

213 

 

0.88 

 

119,691 

190 

0.64 

118,116 

523 

1.78 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

542,271 

 

742 

 

0.54 

 

 

 

505,673 

 

580 

 

0.46 

 

1,151,855 

864 

0.30 

669,867 

1,516 

0.91 

Repurchase agreements

 

7,269 

 

 

0.18 

 

 

9,108 

 

 

0.18 

 

Overnight borrowings

 

17,817 

 

60 

 

1.33 

 

 

158 

 

 

2.91 

 

Short-term borrowings

144 

-

0.51 

16,174 

75 

1.87 

FHLB advances

 

23,704 

 

77 

 

1.28 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

3,389 

26 

3.12 

15,000 

114 

3.06 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

591,061 

 

882 

 

0.59 

%

 

514,939 

 

585 

 

0.45 

%

1,155,388 

890 

0.31 

%

701,041 

1,705 

0.98 

%

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

173,627 

 

 

 

 

 

 

155,516 

 

 

 

 

 

437,740 

194,847 

Non-interest bearing liabilities

 

6,942 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,409 

 

 

 

 

 

18,944 

14,891 

Total liabilities

 

771,630 

 

 

 

 

 

 

675,864 

 

 

 

 

 

1,612,072 

910,779 

Shareholders' equity

 

85,273 

 

 

 

 

 

 

81,095 

 

 

 

 

 

167,207 

108,773 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

856,903 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

756,959 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,779,279 

$

1,019,552 

Net interest income - FTE

 

 

 

$

7,371 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,706 

 

 

 

$

13,866 

$

8,197 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

3.52 

%

 

 

 

 

 

3.66 

%

3.30 

%

3.21 

%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

3.67 

%

 

 

 

 

 

3.78 

%

3.39 

%

3.47 

%

Cost of funds

 

 

 

 

 

0.46 

%

 

 

 

 

 

0.35 

%

0.23 

%

0.77 

%

37


Table Of Contents





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Nine months ended

(dollars in thousands)

September 30, 2017

 

September 30, 2016



Average

 

 

 

Yield /

 

Average

 

 

 

Yield /

Assets

balance

 

Interest

 

rate

 

balance

 

Interest

 

rate



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

$

2,604 

 

$

22 

 

1.15 

%

 

$

14,892 

 

$

59 

 

0.53 

%

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency - GSE

 

17,982 

 

 

191 

 

1.42 

 

 

 

18,305 

 

 

173 

 

1.26 

 

MBS - GSE residential

 

88,742 

 

 

1,696 

 

2.56 

 

 

 

69,334 

 

 

1,063 

 

2.05 

 

State and municipal (nontaxable)

 

41,397 

 

 

1,700 

 

5.49 

 

 

 

35,359 

 

 

1,495 

 

5.65 

 

Other

 

3,598 

 

 

119 

 

4.40 

 

 

 

1,575 

 

 

63 

 

5.40 

 

Total investments

 

151,719 

 

 

3,706 

 

3.27 

 

 

 

124,573 

 

 

2,794 

 

3.00 

 

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and commercial real estate (taxable)

 

295,520 

 

 

10,234 

 

4.63 

 

 

 

275,133 

 

 

9,135 

 

4.43 

 

Commercial and commercial real estate (nontaxable)

 

31,393 

 

 

981 

 

4.18 

 

 

 

27,095 

 

 

878 

 

4.33 

 

Consumer

 

101,323 

 

 

3,175 

 

4.19 

 

 

 

70,712 

 

 

2,817 

 

5.32 

 

Residential real estate

 

200,047 

 

 

5,989 

 

4.00 

 

 

 

191,111 

 

 

5,619 

 

3.93 

 

Total loans and leases

 

628,283 

 

 

20,379 

 

4.34 

 

 

 

564,051 

 

 

18,449 

 

4.37 

 

Federal funds sold

 

 -

 

 

   -

 

 -

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

782,606 

 

 

24,107 

 

4.12 

%

 

 

703,516 

 

 

21,302 

 

4.04 

%

Non-interest earning assets

 

56,515 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49,216 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

839,121 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

752,732 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing checking

$

185,093 

 

$

548 

 

0.40 

%

 

$

155,543 

 

$

342 

 

0.29 

%

Savings and clubs

 

125,787 

 

 

122 

 

0.13 

 

 

 

119,577 

 

 

113 

 

0.13 

 

MMDA

 

117,596 

 

 

578 

 

0.66 

 

 

 

132,381 

 

 

621 

 

0.63 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

100,829 

 

 

723 

 

0.96 

 

 

 

99,589 

 

 

651 

 

0.87 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

529,305 

 

 

1,971 

 

0.50 

 

 

 

507,090 

 

 

1,727 

 

0.45 

 

Repurchase agreements

 

10,068 

 

 

15 

 

0.20 

 

 

 

10,874 

 

 

16 

 

0.20 

 

Overnight borrowings

 

23,892 

 

 

197 

 

1.10 

 

 

 

975 

 

 

14 

 

1.92 

 

FHLB advances

 

19,096 

 

 

174 

 

1.21 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

582,361 

 

 

2,357 

 

0.54 

%

 

 

518,939 

 

 

1,757 

 

0.45 

%

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

167,313 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

149,724 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing liabilities

 

6,021 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,841 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

755,695 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

673,504 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

83,426 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,228 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

839,121 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

752,732 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income - FTE

 

 

 

$

21,750 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

19,545 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.58 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.59 

%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.72 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.71 

%

Cost of funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.42 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.35 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in net interest income are a function of both changes in interest rates and changes in volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (1) the changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by the prior period rate), (2) the changes attributable to changes in interest rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior period volume) and (3) the net change. The combined effect of changes in both volume and rate has been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate. Tax-exempt income was not converted to a tax-equivalent basis on the rate/volume analysis:

3842


Table Of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine months ended September 30,

Three months ended March 31,

(dollars in thousands)

2017 compared to 2016

 

2016 compared to 2015

2021 compared to 2020

2020 compared to 2019

Increase (decrease) due to

Increase (decrease) due to

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

Volume

Rate

Total

Volume

Rate

Total

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

$

(72)

 

$

35 

 

$

(37)

 

$

 

$

28 

 

$

37 

$

28 

$

(19)

$

$

13 

$

(16)

$

(3)

Restricted investments in bank stock

(9)

(23)

(32)

(24)

(11)

(35)

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency - GSE

 

(3)

 

21 

 

18 

 

 

(1)

 

169 

(28)

141 

-

MBS - GSE residential

 

336 

 

297 

 

633 

 

84 

 

304 

 

388 

116 

(403)

(287)

(10)

(105)

(115)

State and municipal

 

157 

 

(30)

 

127 

 

(4)

 

(20)

 

(24)

853 

(203)

650 

39 

(33)

Other

 

65 

 

(10)

 

55 

 

(11)

 

(57)

 

(68)

Total investments

 

555 

 

278 

 

833 

 

75 

 

226 

 

301 

1,138 

(634)

504 

30 

(138)

(108)

Loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

265 

 

104 

 

369 

 

341 

 

(30)

 

311 

697 

(355)

342 

254 

(166)

88 

Commercial and CRE

 

801 

 

367 

 

1,168 

 

653 

 

(204)

 

449 

C&I and CRE

3,877 

(34)

3,843 

110 

(106)

Consumer

 

1,042 

 

(684)

 

358 

 

128 

 

(123)

 

(16)

(21)

(37)

63 

47 

110 

Total loans and leases

 

2,108 

 

(213)

 

1,895 

 

1,122 

 

(357)

 

765 

4,558 

(410)

4,148 

427 

(225)

202 

Total interest income

 

2,591 

 

100 

 

2,691 

 

1,206 

 

(103)

 

1,103 

5,715 

(1,086)

4,629 

446 

(390)

56 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing checking

 

71 

 

136 

 

207 

 

50 

 

67 

 

117 

237 

(233)

38 

(6)

32 

Savings and clubs

 

 

-

 

 

 

(50)

 

(44)

16 

(10)

(4)

(6)

(10)

Money market

 

(70)

 

27 

 

(43)

 

65 

 

16 

 

81 

290 

(619)

(329)

196 

(87)

109 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

63 

 

71 

 

(39)

 

(27)

 

(66)

(340)

(333)

-

54 

54 

Total deposits

 

18 

 

226 

 

244 

 

82 

 

 

88 

550 

(1,202)

(652)

230 

(45)

185 

Repurchase agreements

 

(1)

 

-

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

 

Overnight borrowings

 

191 

 

(8)

 

183 

 

(20)

 

19 

 

(1)

(43)

(32)

(75)

(129)

(67)

(196)

FHLB advances

 

174 

 

 -

 

174 

 

(255)

 

 -

 

(255)

(90)

(88)

(59)

30 

(29)

Total interest expense

 

382 

 

218 

 

600 

 

(194)

 

27 

 

(167)

417 

(1,232)

(815)

42 

(82)

(40)

Net interest income

$

2,209 

 

$

(118)

 

$

2,091 

 

$

1,400 

 

$

(130)

 

$

1,270 

$

5,298 

$

146 

$

5,444 

$

404 

$

(308)

$

96 

Provision for loan losses

The provision for loan losses represents the necessary amount to charge against current earnings, the purpose of which is to increase the allowance for loan losses (the allowance) to a level that represents management’s best estimate of known and inherent losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. Loans determined to be uncollectible are charged off against the allowance. The required amount of the provision for loan losses, based upon the adequate level of the allowance, is subject to the ongoing analysis of the loan portfolio. The Company’s Special Assets Committee meets periodically to review problem loans. The committee is comprised of management, including credit administration officers, loan officers, loan workout officers and collection personnel. The committee reports quarterly to the Credit Administration Committee of the board of directors.

Management continuously reviews the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Specific factors used to evaluate the adequacy of the loan loss provision during the formal process include:

specific loans that could have loss potential;

levels of and trends in delinquencies and non-accrual loans;

levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;

trends in volume and terms of loans;

changes in risk selection and underwriting standards;

changes in lending policies and legal and regulatory requirements;

experience, ability and depth of lending management;

national and local economic trends and conditions; and

changes in credit concentrations.

For the three months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 2016,2020, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $0.4$0.8 million and $0.2$0.3 million, respectively, a $0.2$0.5 million, or 167%, increase. Macroeconomic factors, particularly anticipated regulatory requirements due to the Company’s asset growth and default rates for residential propertiesThe increase in the Company’s operating area, supported the increase. 

39


Table Of Contents

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $0.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively, a $0.3 million increase.  This increasefrom the year earlier period was due primarily attributed to net growth inhigher credit losses inherent within the loan portfolio but alsothat were a result of the COVID-19 crisis and its effects.

43


Table Of Contents

See the discussion of the qualitative factors within the “Allowance for loan losses” section of this management’s discussion and analysis. Although uncertainty over COVID’s duration and severity complicates management’s ability to fundrender a more precise estimate of credit losses, management currently believes the expectedlevel of provisioning for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was adequate based on the information that was available as of the reporting date and subsequent period up to the filing date.

The provision for loan losses derives from the reserve required from the allowance requirements implied from certain macroeconomic and other business factors.for loan losses calculation. The Company continued provisioning for the three months ended March 31, 2021 to maintain an allowance level that management deemed adequate.

For a discussion on the allowance for loan losses, see “Allowance for loan losses,” located in the comparison of financial condition section of management’s discussion and analysis contained herein.

Other income

For the thirdfirst quarter of 2017,2021, non-interest income amounted to $2.2$5.5 million, an increase of $0.2 million, from $2.0 million recorded for the third quarter of 2016.  Increases in trust income of $0.1 million, $0.1 million of interchange fees and earnings on bank owned life insurance (BOLI) of $0.1 million partially offset $0.1 million fewer gains on loan sales.

Non-interest income amounted to $6.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $0.7$2.7 million, or 12%100%, from the $5.8compared to $2.8 million recorded for the same 20162020 period. Heightened mortgage activity caused gains on loan sales to increase $2.1 million and service charges on loans to increase $0.1 million. Interchange fees were $0.4 million higher than the first quarter of 2020 with more debit cards issued after the merger with MNB. Additionally, earnings on bank-owned life insurance grew $0.1 million and fees from trust fiduciary activities increased $0.1 million partially offset by a $0.1 million reduction in other income from increased mortgage servicing rights amortization.

Operating expenses

For the quarter ended March 31, 2021, total non-interest operating expenses were $11.5 million, an increase of $4.2 million, or 57%, compared to $7.3 million for the same 2020 quarter. Salary and employee benefits rose $2.0 million, or 50%, to $5.9 million for the first quarter of 2021 from $3.9 million for the first quarter of 2020. The increase was primarily due to $0.2salaries and benefits from additional employees resulting from the merger. Premises and equipment expenses increased $0.5 million, inor 47%, primarily due to property and equipment acquired from the merger. Professional fees increased $0.5 million due to expenses related to the pandemic, higher legal and audit expenses, and expenses after the merger with MNB. Advertising and marketing expense increased $0.5 million due to additional trust revenue, an increase of $0.2donations and more advertising. The Company incurred a $0.4 million in BOLI earnings, $0.1 million more service charges on deposits, and $0.1 million higher interchange fees.  

Other operating expenses

ForFHLB prepayment penalty during the three months ended September 30, 2017, non-interestMarch 31, 2021. Merger-related expenses increased $0.6 million, or 12%, compared toduring the three months ended September 30, 2016 from $5.4 million to $6.0 million.  Salaries and employee benefits grewfirst quarter of 2021 were $0.3 million during the third quarter of 2017 to $3.2 million from $2.9 million during the third quarter of 2016. The increase resulted from additional full-time employees hired, more summer staff requirements, annual merit increases, increased incentive compensation plus additional expenses for a retirement benefit plan that was implementedhigher than in the first quarter of 2017.  Advertising and marketing expenses increased $0.1 million2020 due to television advertising during the third quartertiming of 2017 that the Company did not have during the third quarter of 2016.  Professional fees were $0.1 million higher during the third quarter of 2017 due to stock split processing expenses and increased legal expenses.  Loan collection expense increased $0.1 million due primarily to expenses related to one large property that went into foreclosure that was subsequently sold.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, non-interest expenses increased $1.7 million, or 11%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016, from $16.2 million to $17.9 million.  Salaries and employee benefits increased $0.9 million, from $8.7 million for the first nine months of 2016 to $9.6 million for the same 2017 period.  The increase stemmed from full-time staff additions or replacements to previously vacant positions, more seasonal hires, annual merit increases, one-time salary increases awarded to certain employees in the normal course of performance management, increased incentive compensation and added retirement benefits.pending merger. Data processing and communications increased $0.2 million due to additional costs related to a new integrated dealer lending program and higher data center costs incurred during 2017.  Premises and equipment increased $0.2 million due mostly to additional building maintenance expenses and higher lease payments from the construction of a new branch.  Professional fees were $0.2 million higher due primarily to a one-time NASDAQ listing fee incurred in 2017 and increased legal expenses in the normal course of business.  Automated transaction processingFDIC assessment also both increased $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the 2016 like period due to expenses incurred related to updating customer debit cards with the new chip technology and increased debit card  activity during 2017.  Advertising and marketing was up $0.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 because of donations made through the Educational Improvement Tax Credit program in the second quarter of 2017 which were not made in 2016 that were partially offset by a corresponding $0.1 million decrease in the PA shares tax.million. Partially offsetting these increases was a $0.1$0.3 million decreasereduction in the FDIC assessment. other expenses due to higher loan origination cost deferrals from PPP lending and mortgage activity.

The ratios of non-interest expense less non-interest income to average assets, known as the expense ratio, at September 30, 2017were 1.35% and 2016 were 1.79% for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 1.84%, respectively.2020. The expense ratio decreased due to higherbecause of increased levels of average assets which were able to absorb the higher non-interest expenses.assets. The efficiency ratio is non-interest expenses as a percentage(non-GAAP) decreased from 66.69% at March 31, 2020 to 59.11% at March 31, 2021 due to revenue increasing faster than expenses. For more information on the calculation of fully tax equivalent net interest income plus non-interest income, adjusted for non-recurring items.    Thethe efficiency ratio, also decreased from 63.75% at September 30, 2016see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” located within this management’s discussion and analysis.

Merger related expenses expected to 62.79% at September 30, 2017 due to higher revenue.be incurred by the Company of $3.2 million are anticipated over the remainder of 2021 for legal, investment banking, audit, data processing, regulatory filings, shareholder conversion and severance costs for the pending merger with Landmark Bancorp, Inc.

Provision for income taxes

For the quarter ended September 30, 2017, theThe provision for income taxes decreased $0.1 million to $0.7 million from $0.8increased $0.5 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2016 despite an increase in pre-tax income.  For the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017, the provision for income taxes remained unchanged at approximately $2.0 million despite a $0.8 million increase in income before taxes.  During the first nine months of 2017, there was a $0.2 million tax deduction recorded, the majority of which was recorded in the third quarter, related to the excess tax benefit realized from the increase in the fair value of stock options exercised.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, there were 17,250 stock options exercised, 16,472 during the third quarter, compared to 750 stock options exercised in the same 2016 period, none of which were exercised during the third quarter.  There was also more tax-free income recorded for the first nine months of 2017March 31, 2021 compared to the same 2016 period.2020 period due to higher pre-tax income. The Company's effective tax rate was 15.5% at March 31, 2021 compared to 16.6% at March 31, 2020. The difference between the effective rate and the enacted statutory corporate rate of 21% is due mostly to the effect of tax-exempt income in relation to the level of pre-tax income. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to higher tax-exempt interest income. Due to challenges relating to current market conditions, the Company may not have the ability to make a reliable estimate of all or part of its ordinary income. If the federal corporate tax rate is increased, the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities will be re-valued upon adoption of the new tax rate. A federal tax rate increase will increase net deferred tax liabilities with a corresponding increase to provision for income taxes.

40


Table Of Contents

Comparison of financial condition at

September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 20162020

Overview

Consolidated assets increased $85.3$213.6 million, or 11%13%, to $878.2 million$1.9 billion as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 from $792.9 million at$1.7 billion as of December 31, 2016.2020. The increase in assets occurred primarily in cash and cash equivalents and the investment portfolio primarily from growth in deposits. As explained in greater detail below, growth in deposits occurred because of seasonal tax cycles, PPP loan proceeds, business activity, government relief due to the pandemic and investment portfolios of $35.8 million and $22.0 million, respectively, and bank-owned life insurance of $8.4 million utilizingincreases in personal account balances. Cash inflow from growth in deposits of $45.1$213.4 million borrowings of $32.4 million and $4.1 million in retained earnings, net of dividends declared.  Borrowings consisted of $23.7 million in FHLB advances and  $8.7 million in additional short-term borrowings.  For the last quarter of 2017, the Company expectswas used to continue using deposit growth to fund loan growthpurchase investment securities and pay down borrowings.


44


Table Of Contents

Funds Deployed:

Investment securities

At the time of purchase, management classifies investment securities into one of three categories: trading, available-for-sale (AFS) or held-to-maturity (HTM). To date, management has not purchased any securities for trading purposes. All of the securities the Company purchases are classified as AFS even though there is no immediate intent to sell them. The AFS designation affords management the flexibility to sell securities and position the balance sheet in response to capital levels, liquidity needs or changes in market conditions. SecuritiesDebt securities AFS are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, reported separately within shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). Securities designated as HTM are carried at amortized cost and represent debt securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity.

As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the carrying value of investment securities amounted to $152.0$436.6 million, or 17%23% of total assets, compared to $130.0$392.4 million, or 16%23% of total assets, at December 31, 2016.  On September 30, 2017, 60%2020. As of March 31, 2021, 35% of the carrying value of the investment portfolio was comprised of U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise residential mortgage-backed securities (MBS – GSE residential or mortgage-backed securities) that amortize and provide monthly cash flow that the Company can use for reinvestment, loan demand, unexpected deposit outflow, facility expansion or operations.

Investment securities were comprised of AFS securities as of September 30, 2017.March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The AFS securities were recorded with a net unrealized gain of $2.9 million and $2.1$1.5 million as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and a net unrealized gain of $11.3 million as of December 31, 2016, or a2020. Of the net improvementdecline in the unrealized gain position of $0.8$9.8 million, during the first nine months of 2017.$5.6 million was attributable to municipal securities, $2.0 million was attributable to mortgage-backed securities and $2.2 million was attributable to agency securities. The direction and magnitude of the change in value of the Company’s investment portfolio is attributable to the direction and magnitude of the change in interest rates along the treasury yield curve. Generally, the values of debt securities move in the opposite direction of the changes in interest rates. As interest rates along the treasury yield curve decline,rise, especially at the intermediate and long end, the values of debt securities tend to rise.decline. Whether or not the value of the Company’s investment portfolio will continue to exceedchange above or below its amortized cost will be largely dependent on the direction and magnitude of interest rate movements and the duration of the debt securities within the Company’s investment portfolio. WhenManagement does not consider the reduction in value attributable to changes in credit quality. Correspondingly, when interest rates rise,decline, the market values of the Company’s debt securities portfolio could be subject to market value declines.increases.

As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the Company had $130.6$331.2 million in public deposits, or 17%19% of total deposits. Pennsylvania state law requires the Company to maintain pledged securities on these public deposits.deposits or otherwise obtain a FHLB letter of credit or FDIC insurance for these customers. As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the balance of pledged securities required for deposit and repurchase agreement accounts was $141.6 million.$341.2 million, or 78% of total securities.

Quarterly, management performs a review of the investment portfolio to determine the causes of declines in the fair value of each security. The Company uses inputs provided by independent third parties to determine the fair value of its investment securities portfolio. Inputs provided by the third parties are reviewed and corroborated by management. Evaluations of the causes of the unrealized losses are performed to determine whether impairment exists and whether the impairment is temporary or other-than-temporary. Considerations such as the Company’s intent and ability to hold the securities until or sell prior to maturity, recoverability of the invested amounts over the intended holding period, the length of time and the severity in pricing decline below cost, the interest rate environment, the receipt of amounts contractually due and whether or not there is an active market for the securities, for example, are applied, along with an analysis of the financial condition of the issuer for management to make a realistic judgment of the probability that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts (principal and interest) due in determining whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired. If a decline in value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the amortized cost of the security is reduced by the credit impairment amount and a corresponding charge to current earnings is recognized. During the nine monthsquarter ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the Company did not incur other-than-temporary impairment charges from its investment securities portfolio.

During the first ninethree months of 2017,ended March 31, 2021, the carrying value of total investments increased $22.0$44.2 million, or 17%11%. The Company attempts to maintain a well-diversified and proportionate investment portfolio that is structured to complement the strategic direction of the Company. Its growth typically supplements the lending activities but also considers the current and forecasted economic conditions, the Company’s liquidity needs and interest rate risk profile.  The Company expects to grow the portfolio and increase its relative size with a preference toward mortgage-backed securities.  If rates rise, the strategy will provide a good source of cash flow to reinvest into higher yielding interest-sensitive assets.  During the first quarter of 2017, the Company purchased approximately $20 million of securities, primarily MBS - GSE residential, funded mostly by $10 million in debt maturing in two years and another $7 million in borrowings laddered out from six months to one year matching a spread expected to produce a suitable after-tax return.

41


Table Of Contents

A comparison of investment securities at September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 20162020 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

December 31, 2016

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

 

%

Amount

 

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MBS - GSE residential

$

91,271 

 

60.0 

%

$

70,937 

 

54.5 

%

$

151,611

34.7

%

$

147,260

37.5

%

State & municipal subdivisions

 

43,735 

 

28.8 

 

 

40,191 

 

30.9 

 

228,161

52.3

199,713

50.9

Agency - GSE

 

16,213 

 

10.7 

 

 

18,276 

 

14.1 

 

56,850

13.0

45,447

11.6

Equity securities - financial services

 

776 

 

0.5 

 

 

633 

 

0.5 

 

Total

$

151,995 

 

100.0 

%

$

130,037 

 

100.0 

%

$

436,622

100.0

%

$

392,420

100.0

%

45


Table Of Contents

As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, there were no investments from any one state and municipal issuer with an aggregate book value that exceeded 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity.

The distribution of debt securities by stated maturity and tax-equivalent yield at September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More than

 

More than

 

More than

 

 

 

 

 

More than

More than

More than

One year or less

 

one year to five years

 

five years to ten years

 

ten years

 

Total

One year or less

one year to five years

five years to ten years

ten years

Total

(dollars in thousands)

$  

%

 

$  

%

 

$  

%

 

$  

%

 

$  

%

$

%

$

%

$

%

$

%

$

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MBS - GSE residential

$

 -

 -

%

 

$

2,262 3.59 

%

 

$

4,345 3.80 

%

 

$

84,664 3.27 

%

 

$

91,271 3.31 

%

$

-

-

%

$

172 

4.16 

%

$

5,011 

3.44 

%

$

146,428 

2.59 

%

$

151,611 

2.62 

%

State & municipal subdivisions

 

 -

 -

 

 

 

914 6.44 

 

 

 

2,649 5.24 

 

 

 

40,172 5.10 

 

 

 

43,735 5.13 

 

1,007 

6.02 

-

-

24,063 

1.69 

203,091 

3.47 

228,161 

3.29 

Agency - GSE

 

4,007 1.37 

 

 

 

12,206 1.48 

 

 

 

 -

 -

 

 

 

 -

 -

 

 

 

16,213 1.45 

 

-

-

6,298 

2.70 

46,535 

1.17 

4,017 

1.55 

56,850 

1.35 

Total debt securities

$

4,007 1.37 

%

 

$

15,382 2.05 

%

 

$

6,994 4.34 

%

 

$

124,836 3.84 

%

 

$

151,219 3.62 

%

$

1,007 

6.02 

%

$

6,470 

2.73 

%

$

75,609 

1.48 

%

$

353,536 

3.08 

%

$

436,622 

2.80 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the above table, the book yields on state & municipal subdivisions were adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis using the corporate federal tax rate of 34%21%. In addition, average yields on securities AFS are based on amortized cost and do not reflect unrealized gains or losses.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

Restricted investments in bank stock

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is required for membership in the organization and is carried at cost since there is no market value available. The amount the Company is required to invest is dependent upon the relative size of outstanding borrowings the Company has with the FHLB of Pittsburgh. Excess stock is repurchased from the Company at par if the amount of borrowings decline to a predetermined level. In addition, the Company earns a return or dividend based on the amount invested. Atlantic Community Bankers Bank (ACBB) stock totaling $45 thousand was acquired from the merger with MNB in 2020. The dividends received from the FHLB totaled $35 thousand and $70 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The balance in FHLB and ACBB stock was $2.5$2.9 million and $2.6$2.8 million as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, respectively.

Loans held-for-sale (HFS)

Upon origination, most residential mortgages and certain Small Business Administration (SBA) guaranteed loans may be classified as held-for-sale (HFS). In the event of market rate increases, fixed-rate loans and loans not immediately scheduled to re-price would no longer produce yields consistent with the current market. In declining interest rate environments, the Company would be exposed to prepayment risk as rates on fixed-rate loans decrease, and customers look to refinance loans. Consideration is given to the Company’s current liquidity position and projected future liquidity needs. To better manage prepayment and interest rate risk, loans that meet these conditions may be classified as HFS. Occasionally, residential mortgage and/or other nonmortgage loans may be transferred from the loan portfolio to HFS. The carrying value of loans HFS is based on the lower of cost or estimated fair value. If the fair values of these loans decline below their original cost, the difference is written down and charged to current earnings. Subsequent appreciation in the portfolio is credited to current earnings but only to the extent of previous write-downs.

As of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, loans HFS consisted of residential mortgages with carrying amounts of $1.6$11.0 million and $2.9$29.8 million, respectively, which approximated their fair values. During the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, residential mortgage loans with principal balances of $30.9$80.7 million were sold into the secondary market and the Company recognized net gains of $0.6$2.3 million, compared to $34.4$12.9 million and $0.6$0.2 million, respectively, during the ninethree months ended September 30, 2016.  During 2017, the Company also sold one SBA guaranteed loan with a principal balance of $2.4 million and recognized a net gain on the sale of $0.1 million.  The Company did not sell any SBA guaranteed loans in 2016. March 31, 2020.

The Company retains mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) on loans sold into the secondary market. MSRs are retained so that the Company can foster personal relationships. At September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, the servicing portfolio balance of sold residential mortgage loans was $296.9$420.5 million and $285.2$366.5 million, respectively.  At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, therespectively, with mortgage servicing portfolio balancerights of sold SBA loans was $5.7$1.8 million and $4.1$1.3 million for the same periods, respectively.

Loans and leases

As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the Company hashad gross loans and leases, including Company-originated loans, MNB-acquired loans, and PPP loans, totaling $635.1 million$1.14 billion compared to $598.0 million$1.12 billion at December 31, 2016.  The growth2020, an increase of $37.1$22 million, or 6%2%.

The increase resulted primarily from $15 million growth in PPP loans, net of deferred fees, that occurred during the quarter. The increase in PPP loans was the result of $71 million in second round PPP loans originated, net of deferred fees, partially offset by $56 million in SBA forgiveness and customer loan payments received from PPP loans originated in 2020, net of deferred fees, during the first quarter of 2021.

As of March 31, 2021, Company-originated loans, excluding the PPP loans and MNB-acquired loans, totaled $801 million compared with $781 million as of December 31, 2020, an increase of $20 million, or 3%, was largelywith growth primarily attributed to the Company’s continued efforts to grow the commercial and

42


Table Of Contents

industrial portfolio through opportunities with local government entities including counties, townships, boroughs, cities and school districts.  The Company attributes customer loyalty to being a trusted financial advisor to clients.  Additionally, the indirect auto and lease portfolio continues to grow, as planned, due to new relationships with automobile dealerships in Northeastern Pennsylvania.

Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate

The commercial and industrial (C&I) portfolio and commercial real estate (CRE) portfolio, compared to December 31, 2016, had growthresulting from the origination of $13.6 million, or 14%, and $4.8 million, or 2%, respectively.  The major contributors to the growth in the C&I portfolio were local government entities.  These opportunities continue through developing influential relationships utilized through the Company’s strategy.  The Company also expandedseveral large commercial real estate secured lending.  Growth in owner occupied CRE loans was offset by expected payoffs of $3.9 million received during the third quarter of 2017 due to the sale of a company. Furthermore, during this quarter, the Company foreclosed on one large owner occupied CRE collateral, which was subsequently sold.  In addition, the increase in CRE construction loans was due to loans added during the third quarter of 2017 to one customer for several construction projects.  The Company expects modest growth for the remainder of 2017. quarter.

Consumer

46


Table Of Contents

The consumer loan portfolio grew 11%, or approximately $16.7 million, from $150.2 million on December 31, 2016 to $166.9 million at September 30, 2017.  The growth was largely driven by an increase of $22.8 million in auto loans and leases.  Additional support was realized from $1.6 million in home equity line of credit usage from new and existing clients.  These increases more than offset a $7.5 million reduction in other consumer loans that was directly related to a temporary overdraft at the end of 2016.  

Residential

The residential loan portfolio grew approximately $2.0 million, or 1%, from $145.0 million at December 31, 2016 to $147.0 million at September 30, 2017.  Construction loans realized a reduction of $2.2 million while held-for-investment real estate mortgages, which make up roughly 94%, of this category grew $4.2 million.

The composition of the loan portfolio at September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 20162020 is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

$

112,096 

 

17.6 

%

 

$

98,477 

 

16.5 

%

$

295,595 

25.8 

%

$

280,757 

25.0 

%

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

93,398 

 

14.7 

 

 

87,220 

 

14.5 

 

202,500 

17.7 

192,143 

17.1 

Owner occupied

 

109,598 

 

17.3 

 

 

113,104 

 

18.9 

 

179,932 

15.7 

179,923 

16.1 

Construction

 

6,123 

 

1.0 

 

 

3,987 

 

0.7 

 

11,721 

1.0 

10,231 

0.9 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

28,282 

 

4.5 

 

 

28,466 

 

4.8 

 

38,425 

3.4 

40,147 

3.6 

Home equity line of credit

 

53,177 

 

8.4 

 

 

51,609 

 

8.6 

 

47,675 

4.2 

49,725 

4.4 

Auto and leases

 

79,629 

 

12.5 

 

 

56,841 

 

9.5 

 

Auto

96,841 

8.5 

98,386 

8.8 

Direct finance leases

20,421 

1.8 

20,095 

1.8 

Other

 

5,784 

 

0.9 

 

 

13,301 

 

2.2 

 

6,098 

0.5 

7,602 

0.7 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

138,709 

 

21.9 

 

 

134,475 

 

22.5 

 

221,766 

19.4 

218,445 

19.5 

Construction

 

8,315 

 

1.2 

 

 

10,496 

 

1.8 

 

22,340 

2.0 

23,357 

2.1 

Gross loans

 

635,111 

 

100.0 

%

 

 

597,976 

 

100.0 

%

1,143,314 

100.0 

%

1,120,811 

100.0 

%

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(9,356)

 

 

 

 

(9,364)

 

 

 

(14,839)

(14,202)

Unearned lease revenue

 

(644)

 

 

 

 

 

(482)

 

 

 

(1,155)

(1,159)

Net loans

$

625,111 

 

 

 

 

$

588,130 

 

 

 

$

1,127,320 

$

1,105,450 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held-for-sale

$

1,629 

 

 

 

 

$

2,854 

 

 

 

$

11,001 

$

29,786 

Commercial & industrial and commercial real estate

As of March 31, 2021, the commercial loan portfolio grew by $27 million to $690 million over the December 31, 2020 balance of $663 million, a 4% increase for the quarter. First quarter growth was attributed to $15 million net growth in PPP loans and $12 million in commercial real estate (CRE) loans from new relationships in the Lehigh Valley.

The commercial loan portfolio consisted of $536 million company-originated loans, including $145 million in PPP loans, and $154 million in loans acquired from MNB.

Paycheck Protection Program Loans

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, was signed into law on March 27, 2020, and provided over $2.0 trillion in emergency economic relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act authorized the Small Business Administration (SBA) to temporarily guarantee loans under a new 7(a) loan program called the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”).

As a qualified SBA lender, the Company was automatically authorized to originate PPP loans, and during the second and third quarter of 2020, the Company originated 1,551 loans totaling $159 million under the Paycheck Protection Program.

Under the PPP, the entire principal amount of the borrower’s loan, including any accrued interest, is eligible to be reduced by the loan forgiveness amount, so long as the employer maintains or quickly rehires employees and maintains salary levels and 60% of the loan proceeds are used for payroll expenses, with the remaining 40% of the loan proceeds used for other qualifying expenses.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2020 and continuing during the first quarter of 2021 and subsequent period up to the filing date, the Company submitted PPP forgiveness applications totaling $159 million to the SBA and received approval for $84 million with $75 million awaiting approval as of March 31, 2021.

As part of the Economic Relief Act, which became law on December 27, 2020, an additional $284 billion was allocated to a reauthorized and revised PPP. On January 19, 2021, the Company began processing and originating PPP loans for this second round, and as of March 31, 2021, the Company originated 895 loans totaling $74 million.

As a PPP lender, the Company expects to recognize fee income of approximately $9.6 million with $5.1 million recognized to date, including $3.3 million of PPP fee income recognized during 2020 and $1.8 million recognized during the first quarter of 2021. Unearned fees attributed to PPP loans, net of $0.2 million in fees paid to referral sources as prescribed by the SBA under the PPP, were $4.3 million as of March 31, 2021.

47


Table Of Contents

The PPP loans originated by size were as follows as of March 31, 2021:

(dollars in thousands)

Balance originated

Current balance

Total SBA fee

SBA fee recognized

$150,000 or less

$

74,018

$

41,976

$

4,553

$

2,145

Greater than $150,000 but less than $2,000,000

127,541

75,449

4,745

2,709

$2,000,000 or higher

31,656

31,656

316

193

Total PPP loans originated

$

233,215

$

149,081

$

9,614

$

5,047

Consumer

As of March 31, 2021, the consumer loan portfolio decreased by $6 million to $210 million over the December 31, 2020 balance of $216 million, a 3% decrease for the quarter. The first quarter decrease was attributed to pay downs in debt resulting from the availability of COVID-related government stimulus, mortgage refinancing paying off home equity loans and less demand for home equity products.

The consumer loan portfolio consisted of home equity installment, home equity line of credit, auto, direct finance leases and other consumer loans.

Residential

As of March 31, 2021, the residential loan portfolio increased by $2 million to $244 million over the December 31, 2020 balance of $242 million, a 1% increase for the quarter. With most of the mortgage origination activity conforming and sold in the secondary market, mortgages held-for-investment grew 1%.

The residential loan portfolio consisted primarily of held-for-investment residential loans for primary residences. Company-originated loans totaled $210 million and acquired loans from MNB totaled $34 million as of March 31. 2021 compared to Company-originated loans of $203 million and acquired loans of $38 million as of December 31, 2020.

The Company’s service team is experienced, knowledgeable, and dedicated to servicing the community and its clients. The Company will continue to provide products and services that benefit our clients as well as the community which is very important to our success. There is much uncertainty regarding the effects COVID-19 may have on demand for loans and leases. The Company has been proactively trying to reach out to customers to understand their needs during this crisis.

Allowance for loan losses

Management evaluates the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and performs a formal review of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses (the allowance)(allowance) on a quarterly basis. The allowance reflects management’s best estimate of the amount of credit losses in the loan portfolio. Management’s judgment is based on the evaluation of individual loans, past experience, the assessment of current economic conditions and other relevant factors including the amounts and timing of cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans. Those estimates may be susceptible to significant change. The provision for loan losses represents the amount necessary to maintain an appropriate allowance. Loan losses are charged directly against the allowance when loans are deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries from previously charged-off loans are added to the allowance when received.

43


Table Of Contents

Management applies two primary components during the loan review process to determine proper allowance levels. The two components are a specific loan loss allocation for loans that are deemed impaired and a general loan loss allocation for those loans not specifically allocated. The methodology to analyze the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is as follows:

identification of specific impaired loans by loan category;

calculation of specific allowances where required for the impaired loans based on collateral and other objective and quantifiable evidence;

determination of loans with similar credit characteristics within each class of the loan portfolio segment and eliminating the impaired loans;

application of historical loss percentages (trailing twelve-quarter average) to pools to determine the allowance allocation;

application of qualitative factor adjustment percentages to historical losses for trends or changes in the loan portfolio, regulations, and/or current economic conditions.

A key element of the methodology to determine the allowance is the Company’s credit risk evaluation process, which includes credit risk grading of individual commercial loans. Commercial loans are assigned credit risk grades based on the Company’s assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet its contractual obligations under the loan agreement. That process includes reviewing borrowers’ current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and other information specific to each individual borrower. Upon review, the commercial loan credit risk grade is revised or reaffirmed. The credit risk grades may be changed at any time management determines an upgrade or downgrade may be warranted. The credit risk grades for the commercial loan portfolio are taken into accountconsidered in the reserve methodology and loss factors are applied based upon the credit risk grades. The loss factors applied are based upon the Company’s historical experience as well as what management believes to be best practices and within common industry standards. Historical experience reveals there is a direct correlation between the credit risk

48


Table Of Contents

grades and loan charge-offs. The changes in allocations in the commercial loan portfolio from period-to-period are based upon the credit risk grading system and from periodic reviews of the loan portfolio.

Acquired loans are initially recorded at their acquisition date fair values with no carryover of the existing related allowance for loan losses. Fair values are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that involves assumptions and judgements as to credit risk, expected lifetime losses, environmental factors, collateral values, discount rates, expected payments and expected prepayments. Upon acquisition, in accordance with GAAP, the Company has individually determined whether each acquired loan is within the scope of ASC 310-30. These loans are deemed purchased credit impaired loans and the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non accretable discount.

Acquired ASC 310-20 loans, which are loans that did not meet the criteria of ASC 310-30, were pooled into groups of similar loans based on various factors including borrower type, loan purpose, and collateral type. These loans are initially recorded at fair value and include credit and interest rate marks associated with purchase accounting adjustments. Purchase premiums or discounts are subsequently amortized as an adjustment to yield over the estimated contractual lives of the loans. There is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for acquired performing loans. An allowance for loan losses is recorded for any credit deterioration in these loans after acquisition. As of March 31, 2021, no allowance was recorded for credit deterioration in acquired loans.

Each quarter, management performs an assessment of the allowance for loan losses. The Company’s Special Assets Committee meets monthlyquarterly, and the applicable lenders discuss each relationship under review and reach a consensus on the appropriate estimated loss amount, if applicable, based on current accounting guidance. The Special Assets Committee’s focus is on ensuring the pertinent facts are considered regarding not only loans considered for specific reserves, but also the collectability of loans that may be past due. The assessment process also includes the review of all loans on non-accrual status as well as a review of certain loans to which the lenders or the Credit Administration function have assigned a criticized or classified risk rating.

The following tables set forth the activity in the allowance for loan losses and certain key ratios for the period indicated:

As of and for the

As of and for the

As of and for the

three months ended

twelve months ended

three months ended

(dollars in thousands)

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

March 31, 2020

Balance at beginning of period

$

14,202 

$

9,747 

$

9,747 

Charge-offs:

Commercial and industrial

(7)

(372)

(64)

Commercial real estate

(124)

(465)

(163)

Consumer

(28)

(296)

(43)

Residential

(43)

(35)

(31)

Total

(202)

(1,168)

(301)

Recoveries:

Commercial and industrial

26 

12 

Commercial real estate

11 

30 

Consumer

24 

120 

64 

Residential

-

197 

193 

Total

39 

373 

271 

Net charge-offs

(163)

(795)

(30)

Provision for loan losses

800 

5,250 

300 

Balance at end of period

$

14,839 

$

14,202 

$

10,017 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

1.30 

%

1.27 

%

1.34 

%

Net charge-offs to average total loans outstanding

0.06 

%

0.08 

%

0.02 

%

Average total loans

$

1,162,112 

$

1,019,373 

$

756,208 

Loans 30 - 89 days past due and accruing

$

912 

$

1,598 

$

8,308 

Loans 90 days or more past due and accruing

$

59 

$

61 

$

-

Non-accrual loans

$

3,929 

$

3,769 

$

3,654 

Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans

3.78 

x

3.77 

x

2.74 

x

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

3.72 

x

3.71 

x

2.74 

x

49


Table Of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, the allowance increased $0.6 million, or 4%, to $14.8 million from $14.2 million at December 31, 2020 due to provisioning of $0.8 million partially offset by $0.2 million in net charge-offs. The allowance for loan and lease losses was $9.4 million at September 30, 2017 and $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.  Relative to the loan portfolio, which grew $37.1 million through September 30, 2017, the allowance decreased from 1.56% of total loans at December 31, 2016 to 1.47% at September 30, 2017.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, management increased qualitative factor loss estimates due to certain macroeconomic and business factors.  One factor identified the inverse effect of rising interest rates on commercial real estate values.  Another involved relatively higher delinquency rates on urban residential properties (3.1% regionally vs. 1.6% nationally) within the Company’s operating area on properties that were relatively more likely to have negative equity (29.1% regionally vs. 10.4% nationally).  Lastly, management identified potentially increased legal and regulatory requirements as the result of the Company’s growing asset size.

Although the allowance decreased relative to loans, the Company reported improving asset quality.  At September 30, 2017, fewer non-performing loans reduced the ratio of non-performing loansslightly as a percentage of total loans to 0.61% at September 30, 2017 versus 1.23%1.30% from 1.27% at December 31, 2016.  Further, allowance levels at September 30, 2017 were sufficient to cover non-accrual loans 2.42x, a substantial increase over 1.27x reported at December 31, 2016.

Net charge-offs against2020 as the loan portfolio increased by 2% while the allowance totaled $0.9 million for loan losses increased by 4% during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.  This compared with $1.0 million as of September 30, 2016 and $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. same period.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, commercial loan charge-offs were $0.5 million or about 48% of total charge-offs.  Significant commercial charge-offs totaled $0.3 million, which comprised 32% of total year-to-date charge-offs, and occurred in the CRE portfolio from a single borrower in both the second and third quarters of 2017.  The Company anticipates no further losses, as these loans were satisfied at the end of the third quarterLoans acquired from the saleMNB merger (performing and non-performing) were initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair values. Because there is no initial credit valuation allowance recorded under this method, the Company establishes a post-acquisition allowance of loan losses to record losses which may subsequently arise on the foreclosed asset serving as collateral.  Alsoacquired loans. Since no deterioration was noted for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, consumer charge-offs were $0.5 million or about 49% of total charge-offs.  A substantial charge-offany such loans following acquisition, no allowance for $0.3 million occurredloan and lease losses was provided at this time.

PPP loans made to eligible borrowers have a 100% SBA guarantee. Given this guarantee, no allowance for a single borrower in the HELOC portfolio during the third quarter of 2017.  This charge-offloan and lease losses was in anticipation of the credit being moved to ORE in the fourth quarter. recorded for these loans.

Management believes that the current balance in the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to withstandmeet the identified potential credit quality issues that may arise and other issues unidentified but inherent to the portfolio. Potential problem loans are those where there is known information that leads management to believe repayment of principal and/or interest is in jeopardy and the loans are currently neither on non-accrual status nor past due 90 days or more.  There could be additional instances which become identified in future periods that may require additional charge-offs and/or increases

During the first quarter of 2021, management increased the qualitative factors associated with its commercial, consumer, and residential portfolios related to the allowancerise in rates that occurred during the quarter, and the adverse impact that these increased rates are anticipated to have on estimated credit losses.

Management will continue to monitor the potential for increased risk exposure due to continued sluggishnessthe adverse economic impact of a prolonged COVID-19 pandemic. Should the duration and/or severity of the pandemic’s economic impact increase, management will take measures commensurate with the then observed risk to increase the provision for loan losses and, by extension, the allowance for loan and lease losses as appropriate.

The allocation of net charge-offs among major categories of loans are as follows for the periods indicated:

For the three

% of Total

For the three

% of Total

months ended

Net

months ended

Net

(dollars in thousands)

March 31, 2021

Charge-offs

March 31, 2020

Charge-offs

Net charge-offs

Commercial and industrial

$

(3)

%

$

(52)

173 

%

Commercial real estate

(113)

69 

(161)

537 

Consumer

(4)

21 

(70)

Residential

(43)

26 

162 

(540)

Total net charge-offs

$

(163)

100 

%

$

(30)

100 

%

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, net charge-offs against the allowance totaled $163 thousand compared with net charge-offs of $30 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2020, representing a $133 thousand increase. The increase was attributed to a $192 thousand one-time recovery during the first quarter of 2020 in the economyform of a reimbursement from the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) for previously sold mortgages that were charged-off. Excluding the one-time FNMA recovery in 2020, net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2021 would have shown an improvement, decreasing by $59 thousand, or 36%, compared to the prior period.

44


Table Of Contents

and pressure on property values. In contrast, an abrupt significant increase in the U.S. Prime lending rate could adversely impact the debt service capacity of existing borrowers' ability to repay.

For a discussion on the provision for loan losses, see the “Provision for loan losses,” located in the results of operations section of management’s discussion and analysis contained herein.

The following tables set forth the activity in the allowance for loan losses and certain key ratios for the period indicated:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



As of and for the

As of and for the

As of and for the



nine months ended

twelve months ended

nine months ended

(dollars in thousands)

September 30, 2017

December 31, 2016

September 30, 2016



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

$

9,364 

 

$

9,527 

 

$

9,527 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

(76)

 

 

(224)

 

 

(199)

 

Commercial real estate

 

(416)

 

 

(592)

 

 

(526)

 

Consumer

 

(505)

 

 

(504)

 

 

(356)

 

Residential

 

(38)

 

 

(60)

 

 

(60)

 

Total

 

(1,035)

 

 

(1,380)

 

 

(1,141)

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

55 

 

 

39 

 

Commercial real estate

 

44 

 

 

37 

 

 

36 

 

Consumer

 

53 

 

 

100 

 

 

85 

 

Residential

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

Total

 

102 

 

 

192 

 

 

160 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(933)

 

 

(1,188)

 

 

(981)

 

Provision for loan losses

 

925 

 

 

1,025 

 

 

650 

 

Balance at end of period

$

9,356 

 

$

9,364 

 

$

9,196 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

 

1.47 

%

 

1.57 

%

 

1.61 

%

Net charge-offs to average total loans outstanding

 

0.20 

%

 

0.21 

%

 

0.23 

%

Average total loans

$

628,283 

 

$

568,953 

 

$

564,051 

 

Loans 30 - 89 days past due and accruing

$

2,444 

 

$

2,241 

 

$

4,074 

 

Loans 90 days or more past due and accruing

$

 -

 

$

19 

 

$

66 

 

Non-accrual loans

$

3,864 

 

$

7,370 

 

$

5,861 

 

Allowance for loan losses to loans 90 days or more past due and accruing

 

N/A

*

 

492.84 

x

 

139.33 

x

Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans

 

2.42 

x

 

1.27 

x

 

1.57 

x

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

 

2.42 

x

 

1.27 

x

 

1.55 

x



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*N/A – Ratio is not applicable because numerator is zero.

The allowance for loan losses can generally absorb losses throughout the loan portfolio. However, in some instances an allocation is made for specific loans or groups of loans. Allocation of the allowance for loan losses for different categories of loans is based on the methodology used by the Company, as previously explained. The changes in the allocations from period-to-period are based upon quarter-end reviews of the loan portfolio.


4550


Table Of Contents

Allocation of the allowance among major categories of loans for the periods indicated, as well as the percentage of loans in each category to total loans, is summarized in the following table. This table should not be interpreted as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will occur in these amounts or proportions, or that the allocation indicates future charge-off trends. When present, the portion of the allowance designated as unallocated is within the Company’s guidelines:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

September 30, 2016

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

Category

 

 

 

 

Category

 

 

 

 

Category

Category

Category

Category

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

% of

% of

% of

(dollars in thousands)

Allowance

 

Loans

 

Allowance

 

Loans

 

Allowance

 

Loans

Allowance

Loans

Allowance

Loans

Allowance

Loans

Category

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

4,102 

 

33 

%

 

$

4,706 

 

34 

%

 

$

4,808 

 

35 

%

$

7,080 

35 

%

$

6,383 

34 

%

$

3,943 

30 

%

Commercial and industrial

 

1,399 

 

18 

 

 

 

1,075 

 

17 

 

 

 

1,131 

 

16 

 

2,342 

26 

2,407 

25 

1,553 

16 

Consumer

 

1,969 

 

26 

 

 

 

1,834 

 

25 

 

 

 

1,788 

 

24 

 

2,415 

18 

2,552 

19 

2,094 

28 

Residential real estate

 

1,799 

 

23 

 

 

 

1,622 

 

24 

 

 

 

1,357 

 

25 

 

2,915 

21 

2,781 

22 

2,393 

26 

Unallocated

 

87 

 

 -

 

 

 

127 

 

 -

 

 

 

112 

 

 -

 

87 

-

79 

-

34 

-

Total

$

9,356 

 

100 

%

 

$

9,364 

 

100 

%

 

$

9,196 

 

100 

%

$

14,839 

100 

%

$

14,202 

100 

%

$

10,017 

100 

%

The allocation of the allowance for the commercial loan portfolio, which is comprised of CRE and C&I loans, accounted for approximately 63% of the total allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2021, which represents a one percentage point increase from 62% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2020 and a eight percentage point increase from the 55% of the total allowance for loan and lease losses at March 31, 2020.

The increase in the allowance allocated to the commercial portfolio was attributed to the recognition of increased inherent risk due to the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The allocation of the allowance for the consumer loan portfolio, accounted for approximately 16% of the total allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2021, which represents a two percentage point decrease from 18% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2020 and a five percentage point decrease from 21% of the total allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2020.

The decrease in the allowance allocated to the consumer loan portfolio was attributed to the relative decrease in the percentage of consumer loans in the portfolio.

The allocation of the allowance for the residential real estate portfolio, accounted for approximately 20% of the total allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2021 unchanged from 20% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2020 and a four percentage point decrease from 24% of the total allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2020.

The year-over-year decrease in the allowance allocated to the residential real estate portfolio was attributed to the relative decrease in the percentage of residential loans in the portfolio.

The unallocated amount represents the portion of the allowance not specifically identified with a loan or groups of loans. The unallocated reserve was less than 1% of the total allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2021, unchanged from less than 1% of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2020.

Non-performing assets

The Company defines non-performing assets as accruing loans past due 90 days or more, non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructured loansrestructurings (TDRs), other real estate owned (ORE) and repossessed assets.  At September 30, 2017, non-performing assets represented 0.76% of total assets compared with 1.33% as of December 31, 2016 and 1.32% as of September 30, 2016.  The improvement resulted from a combination of $107.8 million in total asset growth and a $3.5 million net reduction of total non-performing assets year-over-year.


51


Table Of Contents

The following table sets forth non-performing assets data as of the period indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

September 30, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

September 30, 2016

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing

$

 -

 

$

19 

 

$

66 

$

59

$

61

$

-

Non-accrual loans *

 

3,864 

 

7,370 

 

5,861 

3,929

3,769

3,654

Total non-performing loans

 

3,864 

 

7,389 

 

5,927 

3,988

3,830

3,654

Troubled debt restructurings

 

1,881 

 

1,823 

 

2,478 

2,489

2,571

988

Other real estate owned and repossessed assets

 

927 

 

1,306 

 

1,752 

413

256

116

Total non-performing assets

$

6,672 

 

$

10,518 

 

$

10,157 

$

6,890

$

6,657

$

4,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans, including loans held-for-sale

$

636,096 

 

$

600,348 

 

$

573,898 

$

1,153,160

$

1,149,438

$

746,715

Total assets

$

878,266 

 

$

792,944 

 

$

770,423 

$

1,913,092

$

1,699,510

$

1,062,495

Non-accrual loans to total loans

 

0.61% 

 

1.23% 

 

1.02% 

0.34%

0.33%

0.49%

Non-performing loans to total loans

 

0.61% 

 

1.23% 

 

1.03% 

0.35%

0.33%

0.49%

Non-performing assets to total assets

 

0.76% 

 

1.33% 

 

1.32% 

0.36%

0.39%

0.45%

* In the table above, the amount includes non-accrual TDRs of $2.0$0.7 million as of September 30, 2017, $1.5March 31, 2021, $0.7 million as of December 31, 20162020 and $20 thousand$0.6 million as of September 30, 2016. March 31, 2020.

In the review of loans for both delinquency and collateral sufficiency, management concluded that there were a number ofseveral loans that lacked the ability to repay in accordance with contractual terms. The decision to place loans on non-accrual status is made on an individual basis after considering factors pertaining to each specific loan. Generally, commercial loans are placed on non-accrual status when management has determined that payment of all contractual principal and interest is in doubt or the loan is past due 90 days or more as to principal and interest, unless well-secured and in the process of collection. Consumer loans secured by residential real estate and residential mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status at 12090 days past due as to principal and interest, and unsecured consumer loans are charged-off when the loan is 90 days or more past due as to principal and interest. Uncollected interest income accrued on all loans placed on non-accrual is reversed and charged to interest income.

Non-performing assets represented 0.36% of total assets at March 31, 2021 compared with 0.39% at December 31, 2020 and 0.45% at March 31, 2020. The year-to-date improvement in the non-performing assets ratio was the result of the $214 million, or 13%, increase in total assets to $1.9 billion at March 31, 2021 outpacing the $0.2 million, or 4%, increase in non-performing assets, and the year-over-year improvement in the non-performing assets ratio was the result of the $851 million, or 80%, increase in total assets outpacing the $2.1 million, or 45%, increase in non-performing assets.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, non-performing assets increased to $6.9 million from $6.7 million at December 31, 2020. The $0.2 million increase resulted from a $0.1 million increase in non-accrual loans and a $0.1 million increase in other real estate owned and repossessed assets.

From September 30, 2016December 31, 2020 to September 30, 2017, non-performingMarch 31, 2021, non-accrual loans which consistsincreased $0.1 million, or 4%, from $3.8 million to $3.9 million. The $0.1 million increase in non-accrual loans was the result of accruing$0.6 million in new non-accruals, offset by $0.3 million in payments and $0.1 million in charge-offs. At March 31, 2021, there were a total of 40 loans to 34 unrelated borrowers with balances that areranged from less than $1 thousand to $0.5 million. At December 31, 2020, there were a total of 46 loans to 38 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $0.5 million.

There was one direct finance lease totaling $27 thousand and two auto loans totaling $32 thousand that were over 90 days past due as well as all non-accrual loans, decreased from $5.9 millionof March 31, 2021 compared to $3.9 million, a $2.0 million, or a 35% decrease.  The change in non-performing loans was the result of charge-offs, transfers to ORE, payments, and miscellaneous transfers back to accrual from all loan types. This decrease in non-performing loans was driven by a $2.9 million net decrease in non-accrual commercial loans due to the payoff of two CRE loans for a single borrower,direct finance leases totaling $2.5 million, in the third quarter of 2017. The net decrease in non-accrual commercial loans was partially offset by a $0.6 million net increase of residential mortgage non-accrual loans and a $0.3 million net increase in consumer non-accrual loans.

46


Table Of Contents

From December 31, 2016 to September 30, 2017, non-performing loans decreased from $7.4 million to $3.9 million, a $3.5 million, or 48% decrease.  This decrease was driven by payments received of $3.3 million, charge-offs of $0.7 million, transfers back to accrual of $1.0 million and transfers to ORE of $0.2 million.  These reductions$61 thousand that were partially offset by additions and miscellaneous expenses totaling $1.7 million.

From December 31, 2016 to September 30, 2017, the portion of accruing loans that was over 90 days past due decreased from $19 thousand to zero.  Accruing loans over 90 days past due atas of December 31, 2016 consisted of four loans to four unrelated borrowers ranging from $1 thousand to $9 thousand.2020. The Company seeks payments from all past due customers through an aggressive customer communication process. A past due loan will be placed on non-accrual at the 90 day90-day point when it is deemed that a customer is non-responsive and uncooperative to collection efforts.

From December 31, 2016 to September 30, 2017, non-accruing loans of all types decreased by $3.5 million, or 48%, from $7.4 million to $3.9 million.  At December 31, 2016, there were a total of 46 loans to 39 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $2.3 million.  At September 30, 2017, there were a total of 35 loans to 28 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $0.9 million.  The decrease in non-accruing loans is primarily attributable to the payoff of two significant non-accrual owner-occupied CRE loans to one borrower with balances totaling $2.5 million.  During the third quarter of 2017, the Company foreclosed on the collateral for these loans and sold the foreclosed assets.

52


Table Of Contents

The composition of non-performing loans as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Past due

Gross

 

90 days or

 

Non-

 

Total non-

 

% of

Gross

90 days or

Non-

Total non-

% of

loan

 

more and

 

accrual

 

performing

 

gross

loan

more and

accrual

performing

gross

(dollars in thousands)

balances

 

still accruing

 

loans

 

loans

 

loans

balances

still accruing

loans

loans

loans

Commercial and industrial

$

112,096 

 

$

 -

 

$

14 

 

$

14 

 

0.01% 

$

295,595

$

-

$

507

$

507

0.17%

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

93,398 

 

 

 -

 

 

584 

 

 

584 

 

0.63% 

202,500

-

821

821

0.41%

Owner occupied

 

109,598 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,148 

 

 

1,148 

 

1.05% 

179,932

-

1,560

1,560

0.87%

Construction

 

6,123 

 

 

 -

 

 

169 

 

 

169 

 

2.76% 

11,721

-

-

-

-

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity installment

 

28,282 

 

 

 -

 

 

15 

 

 

15 

 

0.05% 

38,425

-

26

26

0.07%

Home equity line of credit

 

53,177 

 

 

 -

 

 

513 

 

 

513 

 

0.96% 

47,675

-

287

287

0.60%

Auto loans and leases *

 

78,985 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

-

Auto loans

96,841

32

14

46

0.05%

Direct finance leases *

19,266

27

-

27

0.14%

Other

 

5,784 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

-

6,098

-

-

-

-

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

138,709 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,421 

 

 

1,421 

 

1.02% 

221,766

-

714

714

0.32%

Construction

 

8,315 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

-

22,340

-

-

-

-

Loans held-for-sale

 

1,629 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

-

11,001

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

636,096 

 

$

 -

 

$

3,864 

 

$

3,864 

 

0.61% 

$

1,153,160

$

59

$

3,929

$

3,988

0.35%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Net of unearned lease revenue of $0.6$1.2 million.

Payments received from non-accrual loans are recognized on a cost recovery method. Payments are first applied to the outstanding principal balance, then to the recovery of any charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of interest income. If the non-accrual loans that were outstanding as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 had been performing in accordance with their original terms, the Company would have recognized interest income with respect to such loans of $0.2 million.$78 thousand.

The following tables set forth the activity in TDRs for the periods indicated:

As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021

Accruing

Non-accruing

Commercial

Commercial

Commercial

(dollars in thousands)

real estate

real estate

& industrial

Total

Troubled Debt Restructures:

Beginning balance

$

2,571

$

456

$

206

$

3,233

Additions

2

-

-

2

Pay downs / payoffs

(84)

(1)

(6)

(91)

Ending balance

$

2,489

$

455

$

200

$

3,144

Number of loans

7

1

2

10

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2020

Accruing

Non-accruing

Commercial

Commercial

Commercial

(dollars in thousands)

real estate

real estate

& industrial

Total

Troubled Debt Restructures:

Beginning balance

$

991

$

561

$

-

$

1,552

Additions

1,600

2

206

1,808

Pay downs / payoffs

(20)

(8)

-

(28)

Charge offs

-

(99)

-

(99)

Ending balance

$

2,571

$

456

$

206

$

3,233

Number of loans

8

2

2

12

The Company, on a regular basis, reviews changes to loans to determine if they meet the definition of a troubled debt restructure (TDR).TDR. TDRs arise when a

53


Table Of Contents

borrower experiences financial difficulty and the Company grants a concession that it would not otherwise grant based on current underwriting standards in order to maximize the Company’s recovery.

Consistent with Section 4013 and the Revised Statement of Section 4013 of the CARES Act, specifically “Temporary Relief From Troubled Debt Restructurings”, the Company approved requests by borrowers to modify loan terms and defer principal and/or interest payment for loans. U.S. GAAP permits the temporary suspension of TDR determination defined under ASC 310-40 provided that such modifications are made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief. This includes short-term (i.e. six months) modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or delays in payment that are insignificant. Borrowers considered current for purposes of Section 4013 are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at the time the modification program is implemented.

From December 31, 20162020 to September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, TDRs increased from nine loans totaling $3.3 million to fifteen loans totaling $3.9 million.  This increase of $0.6decreased $0.1 million, or 16%3%, was primarily due to the additionpayoff of six CRE loans to four unrelated borrowers totaling $1.1a $0.1 million during the first nine months of 2017.accruing commercial real estate TDR. At December 31, 2016, the nine2020, there were a total of 12 TDRs consisted of six CRE loans totaling $1.8 million, one C&I loan totaling $25by 9 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from $1 thousand one residential mortgage totaling $0.9to $1.3 million, and one HELOC totaling $0.6at March 31, 2021, there were a total of 10 TDRs by 7 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from $91 thousand to $1.3 million.

Loans modified in a TDR may or may not be placed on non-accrual status. At September 30, 2017, the fifteen TDRs consisted of twelve CRE loans totaling $2.6 million, one C&I loan totaling $25 thousand, one residential mortgage loan totaling $0.9 million and one HELOC totaling $0.4 million.

At DecemberMarch 31, 2016, two2021, there were three TDRs totaling $1.5$0.7 million that were on non-accrual.  These consisted of one residential mortgage and one HELOC.  At September 30, 2017,non-accrual status compared to four TDRs totaling $2.0$0.7 million were on non-accrual.  These consistedat December 31, 2020.

Beginning the week of two CRE loans, one residential mortgageMarch 16, 2020, the Company began receiving requests for temporary modifications to the repayment structure for borrower loans. Modification terms included interest only or full payment deferral for up to 6 months. As of March 31, 2021, the Company had 5 temporary modifications with principal balances totaling $0.7 million outstanding, which included 3 additional deferral requests for temporary forbearance modifications totaling $0.3 million and one HELOC.2 first requests for temporary forbearance modifications totaling $0.2 million.

Details with respect to the actual loan modifications are as follows:

47


Table Of Contents

Types of Loans

Number of Loans

Deferral Period

Balance

Percentage of Tier 1 Capital

Commercial Purpose

Up to 6 months

$

717 

0.5%

The following tables set forthtable provides information with respect to the activity in TDRsCompany’s commercial COVID-19 accommodations by sector at March 31, 2021.

(dollars in thousands)

Count

Balance

Real Estate Rental and Leasing

$

445 

Construction

272 

Total commercial accommodations

$

717 

The global pandemic referred to as COVID-19, and for the periods indicated:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Accruing

 

Non-accruing

 

 

 



Commercial &

 

Commercial

 

Consumer

 

Commercial

 

 

Residential

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

 

real estate

 

HELOC

 

real estate

 

 

real estate

 

Total



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

$

25 

 

$

1,798 

 

$

650 

 

$

 -

 

$

881 

 

$

3,354 

Additions

 

 -

 

 

1,059 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

1,059 

Transfers

 

 -

 

 

(969)

 

 

 -

 

 

969 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Pay downs / payoffs

 

 -

 

 

(32)

 

 

 -

 

 

(227)

 

 

(18)

 

 

(277)

Charge offs

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(255)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(255)

Ending balance

$

25 

 

$

1,856 

 

$

395 

 

$

742 

 

$

863 

 

$

3,881 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Accruing

 

Non-accruing

 

 

 



Commercial &

 

Commercial

 

Consumer

 

 

Commercial

Residential

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

industrial

 

real estate

 

HELOC

 

 

real estate

real estate

 

Total



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

$

525 

 

$

1,898 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

2,423 

Additions

 

 -

 

 

 

 

650 

 

 

 -

 

 

881 

 

 

1,535 

Transfers

 

 -

 

 

(20)

 

 

 -

 

 

20 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Pay downs / payoffs

 

(500)

 

 

(84)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(584)

Charge offs

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(20)

 

 

 -

 

 

(20)

Ending balance

$

25 

 

$

1,798 

 

$

650 

 

$

 -

 

$

881 

 

$

3,354 

If applicable,government responses thereafter, have created many impediments to loan production relative to the measures taken to slow the spread. These measures have put a TDR loan classified as non-accrual would requirelarge strain on a minimumwide variety of six months of payments before consideration for a return to accrual status.industries within the global economy generally, and the Company’s market specifically. The concessions granted consisted of temporary interest-only payments or a reduction in the rate of interest to a below-market rate for a contractual period of time.  The Company believes concessions have been made in the best interestsoverall economic impact and effect of the borrowermeasures is yet to be fully understood as its effects will most likely lag while businesses and governments inject resources to help lessen the Company.  Ifimpact. Despite efforts to lessen the impact, it is the Company’s current belief that the pandemic will temporarily, or in some cases permanently, damage our borrower’s ability to repay loans characterized as a TDR perform according to the restructured terms for a satisfactory period of time, the TDR designation may be removed in a new calendar year if the loan yields a market rate of interest.and comply with terms.

Foreclosedassets held-for-sale

From December 31, 20162020 to September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, foreclosed assets held-for-sale (ORE) decreasedincreased from $1.3 million$256 thousand to $0.9 million,$413 thousand, a $0.4 million,$157 thousand, or 29%62%, decrease.  increase. During the first quarter, two properties to two unrelated borrowers for $248 thousand were added; two properties for $90 thousand were sold; and one foreclosed asset was written down by $1 thousand to fair market value.


54


Table Of Contents

The following table sets forth the activity in the ORE component of foreclosed assets held-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

#

 

Amount

#

Amount

#

Amount

#

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

$

1,298 13 

 

$

1,074 14 

$

256

6

$

349

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

207 

 

 

1,056 11 

248

2

770

10

Pay downs

 

(18)

 

 

 

(18)

 

-

(1)

Write downs

 

(91)

 

 

 

(80)

 

(1)

(36)

Sold

 

(474)(6)

 

 

(734)(12)

(90)

(2)

(826)

(11)

Balance at end of period

$

922 11 

 

$

1,298 13 

$

413

6

$

256

6

As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, ORE consisted of elevensix properties from elevensecuring loans to six unrelated borrowers totaling $0.9 million. 

Three of these$413 thousand. Two properties ($0.1 million)248 thousand) to two unrelated borrowers were added in 2017; three2021; two properties ($133 thousand) to two unrelated borrowers were added in 20162020; one property ($0.5 million); one31 thousand) was added in 20152019; one property ($0.1 million); two were added in 2014 ($421 thousand); one was added in 2012 ($100); and one was added in 2011 ($0.2 million).2017. Of the elevensix properties, seven totaling $0.6 million werethree properties are under agreement of sale and three properties are listed for sale, while the four remaining properties totaling $0.3 million were either in negotiations for sale or in process for disposition.sale.

48


Table Of Contents

As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had oneno other repossessed asset held-for-sale, with a balance of $4 thousand. There was one repossessed asset held-for-sale at December 31, 2016, with a balance of $8 thousand.assets held-for-sale.

Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

The Company maintains bank owned life insurance (BOLI) for a chosen group of employees at the time of purchase, namely its officers, where the Company is the owner and sole beneficiary of the policies. BOLI is classified as a non-interest earning asset. Increases in the cash surrender value are recorded as components of non-interest income. The BOLI is profitable from the appreciation of the cash surrender values of the pool of insurance and its tax-free advantage to the Company. This profitability is used to offset a portion of current and future employee benefit costs. In March 2017,2019, the Company invested $8.0$2.0 million in additional BOLI as a source of funding for additional life insurance benefits that provides for payments upon death for officers and employee benefit expenses related to the Company’s non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP)SERP implemented for certain executive officers that provides for payments upon death.officers. In December 2020, the Company invested in $6 million in BOLI and $5 million in BOLI with annuity rider investments. The BOLI can be liquidated if necessary, with associated tax costs. However, the Company intends to hold this pool of insurance, because it provides income that enhances the Company’s capital position. Therefore, the Company has not provided for deferred income taxes on the earnings from the increase in cash surrender value.

Premises and equipment

Net of depreciation, premises and equipment decreased $0.3 million during the first three months of 2021. The Company added $0.2 million in fixed assets which was offset by $0.5 million in depreciation expense. The Company expects to begin branch remodeling and corporate center planning which may increase construction in process by approximately $2.5 million in 2021. On December 23, 2020, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania authorized the release of $2.0 million in Redevelopment Assistance Capital Program (RACP) funding for the Company’s headquarters project in Lackawanna County. Although the Company was awarded the grant, funds will not be available until a final project is selected and certain requirements are met.

Other assets

The $3.1During the first three months of 2021, the $12.7 million increase in other assets was due mostly to $7.9 million of municipal security settlements pending and $1.9 million in higher residual values associated with recording new automobile leases, netSBA fees receivable from loans originated under the second round of lease disposals, $0.5 million higher prepaid expenses, $0.4 million increase in the prepaid dealer reserve and $0.2 million more in construction-in-process.  Over the next twelve months, construction-in-process is expected to increase by approximately $2.0 million for construction of a new Dallas branch.PPP.

Funds Provided:

Deposits

The Company is a community based commercial depository financial institution, member FDIC, which offers a variety of deposit products with varying ranges of interest rates and terms. Generally, deposits are obtained from consumers, businesses and public entities within the communities that surround the Company’s 1020 branch offices and all deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the full extent permitted by law.�� Deposit products consist of transaction accounts including: savings; clubs; interest-bearing checking; money market and non-interest bearing checking (DDA). The Company also offers short- and long-term time deposits or certificates of deposit (CDs). CDs are deposits with stated maturities which can range from seven days to ten years. Cash flow from deposits is influenced by economic conditions, changes in the interest rate environment, pricing and competition. To determine interest rates on its deposit products, the Company considers local competition, spreads to earning-asset yields, liquidity position and rates charged for alternative sources of funding such as short-term borrowings and FHLB advances.


55


Table Of Contents

The following table represents the components of deposits as of the date indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

December 31, 2016

March 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

 

%

Amount

 

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing checking

$

202,096 

 

27.0 

%

$

161,563 

 

23.0 

%

$

513,735

29.8

%

$

453,896

30.0

%

Savings and clubs

 

129,199 

 

17.3 

 

 

120,512 

 

17.1 

 

197,138

11.4

179,676

11.9

Money market

 

123,020 

 

16.4 

 

 

117,478 

 

16.7 

 

381,808

22.2

340,654

22.6

Certificates of deposit

 

108,404 

 

14.5 

 

 

92,753 

 

13.2 

 

111,867

6.5

127,783

8.5

Total interest-bearing

 

562,719 

 

75.2 

 

 

492,306 

 

70.0 

 

1,204,548

69.9

1,102,009

73.0

Non-interest bearing

 

185,858 

 

24.8 

 

 

211,153 

 

30.0 

 

518,352

30.1

407,496

27.0

Total deposits

$

748,577 

 

100.0 

%

$

703,459 

 

100.0 

%

$

1,722,900

100.0

%

$

1,509,505

100.0

%

Total deposits increased $45.1$213.4 million, or 6%14%, from $703.5 million$1.5 billion at December 31, 20162020 to $748.6 million$1.7 billion at September 30, 2017.    The increase primarily came from growth inMarch 31, 2021. Non-interest bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts contributed the most to the deposit growth with increases of $40.5 million.  Most$110.9 million and $59.8 million, respectively. Of the growth in non-interest bearing checking accounts, $43.4 million was seasonal deposits from one public customer which flowed out of the bank on April 1, 2021. Tax deposits are usually received mid-quarter and retained for a short period of time with disbursements occurring shortly after they are received. The remaining growth of over $67 million was primarily due to an increase in business deposit account balances from second round PPP proceeds. The increase in interest-bearing checking accounts was primarily due to seasonal tax cycles, business activity, government relief due to the pandemic and shifts from public deposits which fluctuate throughout the yearmaturing CDs. Money market accounts also increased $41.2 million mostly due to seasonal college tuition cycles, higher balances of personal and business deposits.accounts and shifts from other types of deposit accounts. The increased lending to local government entities along with a focusCompany focuses on obtaining a full bankingfull-banking relationship with theseexisting checking account customers has caused public deposit growth during the first nine months of 2017.  CDs contributed $15.7 million to deposit growth due to CDs acquired in a branch acquisition during the first quarter of 2017 and $5.0 million in CDs to one publicas well as forming new customer during the second quarter of 2017.  Additionally, money marketrelationships. Savings accounts and savings and clubs both increased by $5.5 million and $8.7 million, respectively.  Non-interest bearing deposits fell $25.3$17.5 million due to a temporary deposit of $48.7 million received at the end of 2016 that was transferred to a trust escrowan increase in personal account in January.  Excluding this temporary deposit, the Company experienced growth in non-interest-bearing deposits.  During the first quarter of 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Wayne Bank’s West Scranton branch which increased deposits by $13.9 million.  For a discussion on the acquisition, see “Acquisition” located in the financial statement footnotes.balances. The Company will continue to execute on its relationship development strategy, explore the demographics within its marketplace and develop deposit gatheringcreative programs for its customers. For 2021, the Company expects deposit growth to fund asset growth with expansion in the new Lehigh Valley market and the pending acquisition of Landmark. The Company expects asset growth for 2017 funded primarily by growth inbusiness deposits plus utilizationto continue growing during the second quarter of available borrowing capacity.  Transactional2021 as PPP loan proceeds flow into deposit accounts and CD growthpandemic-related government relief is projected as a result of

49


Table Of Contents

our relationship strategy.distributed. When pandemic-related restrictions are fully lifted, the Company anticipates personal and business spending to increase and therefore average deposit balances to decline. Seasonal public deposit fluctuations are expected to remain volatileusual, and at times may partially offset this deposit growth.

Customers’ interest in long-term time deposit products continues to be weak with a sustaining preference for non-maturing transaction deposits.  The Company’s portfolio of CDs increased mostly due to $11.5 million in CDs acquired from the West Scranton branch of Wayne Bank duringDuring the first quarter of 2017.  The Company expects2021, CDs also decreased $15.9 million as rates dropped during 2020 and previous years' promotional CDs reached maturity. Most of the maturing CD balances were transferred to increase 14% in 2017 mostly as a result of this acquisition.  If rates continue to rise, demand for CDs may also increase thereby possibly increasing funding costs.interest-bearing checking and money market accounts. The Company will continue to pursue strategies to grow and retain retail and business customers with an emphasis on deepening and broadening existing and creating new relationships.

The Company uses the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) reciprocal program and Insured Cash Sweep (ICS) reciprocal program to obtain FDIC insurance protection for customers who have large deposits that at times may exceed the FDIC maximum insured amount of $250,000 per person.$250,000. In the CDARS program, deposits with varying terms and interest rates, originated in the Company’s own markets, are exchanged for deposits of other financial institutions that are members in the CDARS network. By placing the deposits in other participating institutions, the deposits of our customers are fully insured by the FDIC. In return for deposits placed with network institutions, the Company receives from network institutions deposits that are approximately equal in amount and are comprised of terms similar to those placed for our customers. Deposits the Company receives from other institutions are considered reciprocal deposits by regulatory definitions. AsThe Company did not have any CDARs as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016, CDARS2020. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, ICS reciprocal deposits represented $1.1$5.7 million and $46.2 million, or less than 1% and 3%, of total deposits.deposits which are included in interest-bearing checking accounts in the table above. The $40.5 million decrease in ICS deposits is primarily due to public funds deposit transfers from ICS accounts to other interest-bearing checking accounts.

The maturity distribution of certificates of deposit at September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More than

 

More than

 

More

 

 

 

More than

More than

More

Three months

 

three months

 

six months to

 

than twelve

 

 

 

Three months

three months

six months to

than twelve

(dollars in thousands)

or less

 

to six months

 

twelve months

 

months

 

Total

or less

to six months

twelve months

months

Total

CDs of $100,000 or more

$

7,641 

 

$

4,933 

 

$

19,794 

 

$

25,381 

 

$

57,749 

$

11,304

$

16,803

$

18,566

$

10,081

$

56,754

CDARS

 

1,136 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

1,136 

Total CDs of $100,000 or more

 

8,777 

 

 

4,933 

 

 

19,794 

 

 

25,381 

 

 

58,885 

CDs of less than $100,000

 

5,493 

 

 

6,410 

 

 

8,942 

 

 

28,674 

 

 

49,519 

10,992

7,176

14,997

21,936

55,101

Total CDs

$

14,270 

 

$

11,343 

 

$

28,736 

 

$

54,055 

 

$

108,404 

$

22,296

$

23,979

$

33,563

$

32,017

$

111,855

There is a remaining time deposit premium of $12 thousand that will be amortized into income on a level yield amortization method over the contractual life of the deposits.

Certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more amounted to $31.4$32.5 million and $25.7$41.1 million as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,

56


Table Of Contents

2020, respectively.

Including CDARS, approximately 13%Approximately 53% of the CDs, with a weighted-average interest rate of 0.74%0.62%, are scheduled to mature in the fourth quarter of 2017during 2021 and an additional 43%34%, with a weighted-average interest rate of 0.90%0.54%, are scheduled to mature in 2018.during 2022. Renewing CDs mayare currently expected to re-price to lower or higher market rates depending on the rate on the maturing CD, the pace and direction of interest rate movements, the shape of the yield curve, competition, the rate profile of the maturing accounts and depositor preference for alternative, non-term products. As noted, the widespread preference continues for customers with maturing CDs to hold their deposits in readily available transaction accounts.  The Company doesplans to address repricing CDs in the ordinary course of business on a relationship basis and is prepared to match rates when prudent to maintain relationships. Growth in CD accounts is challenged by the current and expected rate environment and clients’ preference for short-term rates, as well as aggressive competitor rates. The Company is not expect significantcurrently offering any CD growth other than frompromotions but may resume promotions in the branch purchase during 2017, but will develop CD promotional programs when the Company deems that it is economically feasible to do so or when demand exists.  As with all promotions, thefuture. The Company will consider the needs of the customers and simultaneously be mindful of the liquidity levels, borrowing rates and the interest rate sensitivity exposure of the Company.

Borrowings

Borrowings are used as a complement to deposit generation as an alternative funding source whereby the Company will borrow under customer repurchase agreements in the local market, advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh and other correspondent banks for asset growth and liquidity needs.

Repurchase agreements are non-insured interest-bearing liabilities that have a perfected security interest in qualified investments of the Company as required by the FDIC Depositor Protection Act of 2009.  Repurchase agreements are offered through a sweep product.  A sweep account is designed to ensure that on a daily basis, an attached DDA is adequately funded and excess funds are transferred, or swept, into an interest-bearing overnight repurchase agreement account.  Due to the constant inflow and outflow of funds of the sweep product, their balances tend to be somewhat volatile, similar to a DDA.  Customer liquidity is the typical cause for variances in repurchase agreements, which during the first nine months of 2017 increased $8.7 million from the end of 2016.  In addition, short-termShort-term borrowings may include overnight balances with FHLB line of credit and/or correspondent bank’s federal funds lines which the Company may require to fund daily liquidity needs such as deposit and repurchase agreement cash outflow, loan demand and operations. The Company did not require any overnightThere were no short-term borrowings at September 30, 2017as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016, respectively.  The Company would have had to use overnight borrowings at December 31, 2016 if not for a $48.7 million temporary deposit at the end of 2016.2020 as growth in deposits funded asset growth.

During the first quarter of 2017,2021, the Company borrowed $17paid off $5 million in FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 3.07%. As of March 31, 2021, the Company had the ability to borrow an additional $447.5 million from the FHLB to purchase securities.  The borrowings were laddered out with maturities ranging from July 2017 to January 2019 and interest rates ranging from 0.64% to 1.34%.  During the second quarter of 2017, the Company borrowed another $6.7 million from the FHLB to fund loan growth and replace seasonalFHLB.

50


Table Of Contents

deposits. The borrowing matures in May 2019 and has an interest rate of 1.43%.  During the third quarter of 2017, $2.0 million that was borrowed in January 2017 matured and was rolled into a new $2.0 million advance from the FHLB that matures July 2018 and has an interest rate of 1.52%.

The following table represents the components of borrowings as of the date indicated:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



September 30, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overnight borrowings

$

 -

 

 -

%

 

$

 -

 

 -

%

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

12,920 

 

35.3 

 

 

 

4,223 

 

100.0 

 

FHLB advances

 

23,704 

 

64.7 

 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

Total

$

36,624 

 

100.0 

%

 

$

4,223 

 

100.0 

%

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Management of interest rate risk and market risk analysis.

The adequacy and effectiveness of an institution’s interest rate risk management process and the level of its exposures are critical factors in the regulatory evaluation of an institution’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates and capital adequacy. Management believes the Company’s interest rate risk measurement framework is sound and provides an effective means to measure, monitor, analyze, identify and control interest rate risk in the balance sheet.

The Company is subject to the interest rate risks inherent in its lending, investing and financing activities. Fluctuations of interest rates will impact interest income and interest expense along with affecting market values of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, except for those assets or liabilities with a short term remaining to maturity. Interest rate risk management is an integral part of the asset/liability management process. The Company has instituted certain procedures and policy guidelines to manage the interest rate risk position. Those internal policies enable the Company to react to changes in market rates to protect net interest income from significant fluctuations. The primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income along with creating an asset/liability structure that maximizes earnings.

Asset/Liability Management. One major objective of the Company when managing the rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities is to stabilize net interest income. The management of and authority to assume interest rate risk is the responsibility of the Company’s Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO), which is comprised of senior management and members of the board of directors. ALCO meets quarterly to monitor the relationship of interest sensitive assets to interest sensitive liabilities. The process to review interest rate risk is a regular part of managing the Company. Consistent policies and practices of measuring and reporting interest rate risk exposure, particularly regarding the treatment of non-contractual assets and liabilities, are in effect. In addition, there is an annual process to review the interest rate risk policy with the board of directors which includes limits on the impact to earnings from shifts in interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk Measurement. Interest rate risk is monitored through the use of three complementary measures: static gap analysis, earnings at risk simulation and economic value at risk simulation. While each of the interest rate risk measurements has limitations, collectively, they represent a reasonably comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk in the Company and the distribution of risk along the yield curve, the level of risk through time and the amount of exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

Static Gap. The ratio between assets and liabilities re-pricing in specific time intervals is referred to as an interest rate sensitivity gap. Interest rate sensitivity gaps can be managed to take advantage of the slope of the yield curve as well as forecasted changes in the level of interest rate changes.

To manage this interest rate sensitivity gap position, an asset/liability model commonly known as cumulative gap analysis is used to monitor the difference in the volume of the Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities that mature or re-price within given time intervals. A positive gap (asset sensitive) indicates that more assets will re-price during a given period compared to liabilities, while a negative gap (liability sensitive) indicates the opposite effect. The Company employs computerized net interest income simulation modeling to assist in quantifying interest rate risk exposure. This process measures and quantifies the impact on net interest income

57


Table Of Contents

through varying interest rate changes and balance sheet compositions. The use of this model assists the ALCO to gauge the effects of the interest rate changes on interest-sensitive assets and liabilities in order to determine what impact these rate changes will have upon the net interest spread. At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the Company maintained a one-year cumulative gap of positive (asset sensitive) $75.2$311.1 million, or 9%16%, of total assets. The effect of this positive gap position provided a mismatch of assets and liabilities which may expose the Company to interest rate risk during periods of falling interest rates. Conversely, in an increasing interest rate environment, net interest income could be positively impacted because more assets than liabilities will re-price upward during the one-year period.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis discussed above and presented in the next table. Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of re-pricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest

51


Table Of Contents

rates. The interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Certain assets, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. In the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels may deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table amounts. The ability of many borrowers to service their adjustable-rate debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

The following table illustrates the Company’s interest sensitivity gap position at September 30, 2017:March 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More than three

 

More than

 

 

 

 

 

More than three

More than

Three months

 

months to

 

one year

 

More than

 

 

 

Three months

months to

one year

More than

(dollars in thousands)

or less

 

twelve months

 

to three years

 

three years

 

Total

or less

twelve months

to three years

three years

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

30,066 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

11,815 

 

$

41,881 

$

183,989

$

-

$

-

$

38,964

$

222,953

Investment securities (1)(2)

 

5,807 

 

16,666 

 

51,025 

 

81,040 

 

154,538 

9,799

19,993

78,398

331,363

439,553

Loans and leases(2)

 

193,914 

 

115,094 

 

170,889 

 

146,843 

 

626,740 

397,441

199,112

315,142

226,626

1,138,321

Fixed and other assets

 

 -

 

19,857 

 

 -

 

35,250 

 

55,107 

-

44,582

-

67,683

112,265

Total assets

$

229,787 

 

$

151,617 

 

$

221,914 

 

$

274,948 

 

$

878,266 

$

591,229

$

263,687

$

393,540

$

664,636

$

1,913,092

Total cumulative assets

$

229,787 

 

$

381,404 

 

$

603,318 

 

$

878,266 

 

 

$

591,229

$

854,916

$

1,248,456

$

1,913,092

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing transaction deposits (3)

$

 -

 

$

18,604 

 

$

51,074 

 

$

116,180 

 

$

185,858 

$

-

$

51,887

$

142,443

$

324,022

$

518,352

Interest-bearing transaction deposits (3)

 

190,785 

 

22,528 

 

164,088 

 

76,914 

 

454,315 

412,057

-

272,250

408,374

1,092,681

Certificates of deposit

 

14,270 

 

40,079 

 

46,544 

 

7,511 

 

108,404 

22,296

57,613

24,286

7,672

111,867

Repurchase agreements

 

12,920 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

12,920 

Short-term borrowings

-

-

-

-

FHLB advances

 

2,500 

 

4,500 

 

16,704 

 

 -

 

23,704 

-

-

-

-

-

Other liabilities

 

 -

 

 -

 

 -

 

6,781 

 

6,781 

-

-

-

26,610

26,610

Total liabilities

$

220,475 

 

$

85,711 

 

$

278,410 

 

$

207,386 

 

$

791,982 

$

434,353

$

109,500

$

438,979

$

766,678

$

1,749,510

Total cumulative liabilities

$

220,475 

 

$

306,186 

 

$

584,596 

 

$

791,982 

 

 

$

434,353

$

543,853

$

982,832

$

1,749,510

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

$

9,312 

 

$

65,906 

 

$

(56,496)

 

$

67,562 

 

 

$

156,876

$

154,187

$

(45,439)

$

(102,042)

Cumulative gap

$

9,312 

 

$

75,218 

 

$

18,722 

 

$

86,284 

 

 

$

156,876

$

311,063

$

265,624

$

163,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative gap to total assets

 

1.1% 

 

8.6% 

 

2.1% 

 

9.8% 

 

 

8.2%

16.3%

13.9%

8.6%

(1) Includes FHLBrestricted investments in bank stock and the net unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities.

(2) Investments and loans are included in the earlier of the period in which interest rates were next scheduled to adjust or the period in which they are due. In addition, loans were included in the periods in which they are scheduled to be repaid based on scheduled amortization. For amortizing loans and MBS – GSE residential, annual prepayment rates are assumed reflecting historical experience as well as management’s knowledge and experience of its loan products.

(3) The Company’s demand and savings accounts were generally subject to immediate withdrawal. However, management considers a certain amount of such accounts to be core accounts having significantly longer effective maturities based on the retention experiences of such deposits in changing interest rate environments. The effective maturities presented are the recommended maturity distribution limits for non-maturing deposits based on historical deposit studies.

Earnings at Risk and Economic Value at Risk Simulations. The Company recognizes that more sophisticated tools exist for measuring the interest rate risk in the balance sheet that extend beyond static re-pricing gap analysis. Although it will continue to measure its re-pricing gap position, the Company utilizes additional modeling for identifying and measuring the interest rate risk in the overall balance sheet. The ALCO is responsible for focusing on “earnings at risk” and “economic value at risk”, and how both relate to the risk-based capital position when analyzing the interest rate risk.

Earnings at Risk. An earnings at risk simulation measures the change in net interest income and net income should interest rates rise and fall. The simulation recognizes that not all assets and liabilities re-price one-for-one with market rates (e.g., savings rate). The ALCO looks at “earnings at risk” to determine income changes from a base case scenario under an increase and decrease of 200 basis points in interest rate simulation models.

58


Table Of Contents

Economic Value at Risk. An earnings at risk simulation measures the short-term risk in the balance sheet. Economic value (or portfolio equity) at risk measures the long-term risk by finding the net present value of the future cash flows from the Company’s existing assets and liabilities. The ALCO examines this ratio quarterly utilizing an increase and decrease of 200 basis points in interest rate simulation models. The ALCO recognizes that, in some instances, this ratio may contradict the “earnings at risk” ratio.

52


Table Of Contents

The following table illustrates the simulated impact of an immediate 200 basis points upward or downward movement in interest rates on net interest income, net income and the change in the economic value (portfolio equity). This analysis assumed that the adjusted interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability levels at September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 remained constant. The impact of the rate movements was developed by simulating the effect of the rate change over a twelve-month period from the September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 levels:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% change

% change

Rates +200

Rates -200

Rates +200

Rates -200

Earnings at risk:

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

5.5 

%

(7.8)

%

3.4

%

(2.0)

%

Net income

12.9 

 

(17.1)

 

8.2

(4.3)

Economic value at risk:

 

 

 

 

Economic value of equity

0.5 

 

(29.8)

 

8.5

(27.9)

Economic value of equity as a percent of total assets

0.1 

 

(4.5)

 

1.1

(3.7)

Economic value has the most meaning when viewed within the context of risk-based capital. Therefore, the economic value may normally change beyond the Company’s policy guideline for a short period of time as long as the risk-based capital ratio (after adjusting for the excess equity exposure) is greater than 10%. At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the Company’s risk-based capital ratio was 14.8%16.47%.

The table below summarizes estimated changes in net interest income over a twelve-month period beginning OctoberApril 1, 2017,2021, under alternate interest rate scenarios using the income simulation model described above:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest

 

$

 

%

Net interest

$

%

(dollars in thousands)

income

 

variance

 

variance

income

variance

variance

Simulated change in interest rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+200 basis points

$

30,609 

 

$

1,584 

 

5.5 

%

$

53,029

$

1,722

3.4

%

+100 basis points

 

29,873 

 

848 

 

2.9 

 

51,868

561

1.1

Flat rate

 

29,025 

 

 -

 

 -

 

51,307

-

-

-100 basis points

 

27,302 

 

(1,723)

 

(5.9)

 

51,265

(42)

(0.1)

-200 basis points

 

26,757 

 

(2,268)

 

(7.8)

 

50,277

(1,030)

(2.0)

Simulation models require assumptions about certain categories of assets and liabilities. The models schedule existing assets and liabilities by their contractual maturity, estimated likely call date or earliest re-pricing opportunity. MBS – GSE residential securities and amortizing loans are scheduled based on their anticipated cash flow including estimated prepayments. For investment securities, the Company uses a third-party service to provide cash flow estimates in the various rate environments. Savings, money market and interest-bearing checking accounts do not have stated maturities or re-pricing terms and can be withdrawn or re-price at any time. This may impact the margin if more expensive alternative sources of deposits are required to fund loans or deposit runoff. Management projects the re-pricing characteristics of these accounts based on historical performance and assumptions that it believes reflect their rate sensitivity. The model reinvests all maturities, repayments and prepayments for each type of asset or liability into the same product for a new like term at current product interest rates. As a result, the mix of interest-earning assets and interest bearing-liabilities is held constant.

Liquidity

Liquidity management ensures that adequate funds will be available to meet customers’ needs for borrowings, deposit withdrawals and maturities, facility expansion and normal operating expenses. Sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, asset maturities and pay-downs within one year, loans HFS, investments AFS, growth of core deposits, and repurchase agreements, utilization of borrowing capacities from the FHLB, correspondent banks, ICS and CDARs, the Discount Window of the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia (FRB), Atlantic Community Bankers Bank (ACBB) and proceeds from the issuance of capital stock. Though regularly scheduled investment and loan payments are dependable sources of daily liquidity, sales of both loans HFS and investments AFS, deposit activity and investment and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general economic conditions including the interest rate environment. During low and declining interest rate environments, prepayments from interest-sensitive assets tend to accelerate and provide significant liquidity that can be used to invest in other interest-earning assets but at lower market rates. Conversely, in periods of high or rising interest rates, prepayments from interest-sensitive assets tend to decelerate causing prepayment cash flows from mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities to decrease. Rising interest rates may also cause deposit inflow but priced at higher market interest rates or could also cause deposit outflow due to higher rates offered by the Company’s competition for similar products. The Company

59


Table Of Contents

closely monitors activity in the capital markets and takes appropriate action to ensure that the liquidity levels are adequate for funding, investing and operating activities.

The Company’s contingency funding plan (CFP) sets a framework for handling liquidity issues in the event circumstances arise which the Company deems to be less than normal. The Company established guidelines for identifying, measuring, monitoring and

53


Table Of Contents

managing the resolution of potentially serious liquidity crises. The CFP outlines required monitoring tools, acceptable alternative funding sources and required actions during various liquidity scenarios. Thus, the Company has implemented a proactive means for the measurement and resolution for handling potentially significant adverse liquidity conditions. At least quarterly, the CFP monitoring tools, current liquidity position and monthly projected liquidity sources and uses are presented and reviewed by the Company’s Asset/Liability Committee. As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the Company had not experienced any adverse issues that would give rise to its inability to raise liquidity in an emergency situation.

During the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the Company acquired $16.0generated $153.6 million of cash. During the period, the Company’s operations provided approximately $11.5$25.5 million mostly from $21.3$13.7 million of net cash inflow from the components of net interest income and $4.2$21.9 million inof proceeds over originations of loans HFS over originations;held for sale, partially offset by net non-interest expense/income related payments of $10.8 million, $1.3 million in estimated tax payments and a $1.9 million increase in the residual value from the Company’s automobile leasing activities.$10.0 million. Cash inflow from interest-earning assets, deposits, borrowingsloan payments and the acquisitionsale of a bank branchsecurities were used to purchase investment securities and replace maturing and cash runoff of securities, purchase bank owned life insurance, fund the loan portfolio, pay down borrowings, invest in bank premises and equipment and make net dividend payments. The Company received a large amount of public deposits over the past twofive years. The seasonal nature of deposits from municipalities and other public funding sources requires the Company to be prepared for the inherent volatility and the unpredictable timing of cash outflow from this customer base, including maintaining the requirements to pledge investment securities. Accordingly, the use of short-term overnight borrowings could be used to fulfill funding gap needs. The CFP is a tool to help the Company ensure that alternative funding sources are available to meet its liquidity needs.

During 2020 and the first quarter of 2021, the Company also experienced deposit inflow resulting from businesses and municipalities that received relief from the CARES Act, normal seasonal tax activity and less consumer spending along with the third round of economic impact payments. There is uncertainty about the length of time that these deposits will remain which could require the Company to maintain elevated cash balances. The Company will continue to monitor deposit fluctuation for significant changes.

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and in connection with the overall interest rate management strategy. These instruments involve, to a varying degree, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. In accordance with GAAP, these instruments are either not recorded in the consolidated financial statements or are recorded in amounts that differ from the notional amounts. Such instruments primarily include lending commitments and lease obligations. commitments.

Lending commitments include commitments to originate loans and commitments to fund unused lines of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

In addition to lending commitments, the Company has contractual obligations related to operating lease commitments.  Operating lease commitments are obligations under various non-cancelable operating leases on buildings and land used for office space and banking purposes.  The Company’s position with respect to lending commitments and significant contractual lease obligations, both on a short- and long-term basis has not changed materially from December 31, 2016.   

During the third quarter of 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire all the deposits, certain loans and fixed assets of a bank branch.  The transaction was completed in March 2017.  As a result of this transaction, the Company experienced an increase of $13.9 million in deposits in March 2017.

As of September 30,  2017,March 31, 2021, the Company maintained $41.9$223.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and $153.6$447.6 million of investments AFS and loans HFS. Also as of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $200.2$447.5 million available to borrow from the FHLB, $21.0$31.0 million from correspondent banks, $65.2$87.3 million from the FRB and $44.0$255.7 million from the CDARSPromontory One-Way Buy program. The combined total of $525.9 million$1.5 billion represented 60%78% of total assets at September 30, 2017.March 31, 2021. Management believes this level of liquidity to be strong and adequate to support current operations.

Capital

During the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, total shareholders' equity increased $5.7decreased $3.1 million, or 7%2%, due principally fromto the $6.4 million in net income added into retained earnings.  Capital was further enhanced by the $0.5$7.8 million after tax improvementreduction in the net unrealized gain position in the Company’s investment portfolio $0.1which was partially offset by $5.7 million in net income added into retained earnings. Capital was enhanced by $0.3 million from investments in the Company’s common stock via the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), $0.3 million from issuance of common stock through the dividend reinvestment plan, $0.3 million from the issuance of common stocks through the exercise of stock options and $0.3 million from stock-based compensation expense from the ESPP and unvested restricted stock.stock and SSARs. These items were partially offset by $2.3$1.5 million of cash dividends declared on the Company’s common stock. The Company’s dividend payout ratio, defined as the rate at which current earnings are paid to shareholders, was 36.2%26.7% for the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017.March 31, 2021. The balance of earnings is retained to further strengthen the Company’s capital position.

As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, the Company reported a net unrealized gain position of $1.9$1.2 million, net of tax, from the securities AFS portfolio compared to a net unrealized gain of $1.4$9.0 million as of December 31, 2016.2020. The improvementreduction during the first nine monthsquarter of 20172021 was from all security types.the $7.8 million reduction in net unrealized gains on AFS securities, net of tax. Lower net unrealized gains on municipal and mortgage-backed securities and net unrealized losses on agency securities contributed to the lower total net unrealized gains in investment portfolio. Management believes that changes in fair value of the Company’s securities are due to changes in interest rates and not in the creditworthiness of the issuers. Generally, when U.S. Treasury rates rise, investment securities’ pricing declines and fair values of investment securities also decline. While volatility has existed in the yield curve within the past twelve months, a risingan

60


Table Of Contents

improving rate environment is inevitableexpected and during the period of risingincreasing rates, the Company expects pricing in the bond portfolio to decline. There is no assurance that future realized and unrealized losses will not be recognized from the Company’s portfolio of

54


Table Of Contents

investment securities. To help maintain a healthy capital position, the Company can issue stock to participants in the DRP and ESPP plans. The DRP affords the Company the option to acquire shares in open market purchases and/or issue shares directly from the Company to plan participants. During the first three months of 2021, the Company acquired shares in the open market to fulfill the needs of the DRP. Both the DRP and the ESPP plans have been a consistent source of capital from the Company’s loyal employees and shareholders and their participation in these plans will continue to help strengthen the Company’s balance sheet.

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Under these guidelines, assets and certain off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and certain off-balance sheet items.assets. The guidelines require all banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets (Total Risk Adjusted Capital) of 8%, including Tier I common equity to total risk-weighted assets (Tier I Common Equity) of 4.5%, Tier I capital to total risk-weighted assets (Tier I Capital) of 6% and Tier I capital to average total assets (Leverage Ratio) of at least 4%. A capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier I capital, is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements rising up toof 2.50% by 2019.. As of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016,2020, the Company and the Bank exceeded all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

The Company continues to closely monitor and evaluate alternatives to enhance its capital ratios as the regulatory and economic environments change. The following table depicts the capital amounts and ratios of the Company, on a combinedconsolidated basis, and the Bank as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016:2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To be well capitalized

For capital adequacy

To be well capitalized

 

 

 

 

For capital

 

under prompt corrective

For capital

purposes with capital

under prompt corrective

Actual

adequacy purposes

 

action provisions

Actual

adequacy purposes

conservation buffer*

action provisions

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

 

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

As of September 30, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

91,967 

 

14.8% 

≥  

$

57,672 

≥  

9.3% 

(1)

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

$

166,381 

16.5%

$

80,840 

8.0%

$

106,102 

10.5%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

91,152 

 

14.7% 

≥  

$

57,274 

≥  

9.3% 

(1)

≥  

$

61,918 

10.0% 

$

166,344 

16.5%

$

80,834 

8.0%

$

106,095 

10.5%

$

101,043 

10.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

84,154 

 

13.5% 

≥  

$

35,850 

≥  

5.8% 

(1)

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

$

153,722 

15.2%

$

45,472 

4.5%

$

70,735 

7.0%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

83,392 

 

13.5% 

≥  

$

35,603 

≥  

5.8% 

(1)

$

40,247 

6.5% 

$

153,686 

15.2%

$

45,469 

4.5%

$

70,730 

7.0%

$

65,678 

6.5%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

84,154 

 

13.5% 

≥  

$

45,203 

≥  

7.3% 

(1)

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

$

153,722 

15.2%

$

60,630 

6.0%

$

85,892 

8.5%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

83,392 

 

13.5% 

≥  

$

44,891 

≥  

7.3% 

(1)

$

49,535 

8.0% 

$

153,686 

15.2%

$

60,626 

6.0%

$

85,886 

8.5%

$

80,834 

8.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier I capital (to average assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

84,154 

 

9.8% 

$

34,365 

4.0% 

 

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

$

153,722 

8.7%

$

70,487 

4.0%

$

70,487 

4.0%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

83,392 

 

9.7% 

$

34,333 

4.0% 

 

$

42,917 

5.0% 

$

153,686 

8.7%

$

70,487 

4.0%

$

70,487 

4.0%

$

88,109 

5.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes 1.25%


61


As of December 31, 2020:

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

Consolidated

$

161,199 

16.5%

$

78,356 

8.0%

$

102,842 

10.5%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

161,145 

16.5%

$

78,342 

8.0%

$

102,823 

10.5%

$

97,927 

10.0%

Tier 1 common equity (to risk-weighted assets)

Consolidated

$

148,931 

15.2%

$

44,075 

4.5%

$

68,562 

7.0%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

148,879 

15.2%

$

44,067 

4.5%

$

68,549 

7.0%

$

63,653 

6.5%

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

Consolidated

$

148,931 

15.2%

$

58,767 

6.0%

$

83,253 

8.5%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

148,879 

15.2%

$

58,756 

6.0%

$

83,238 

8.5%

$

78,342 

8.0%

Tier I capital (to average assets)

Consolidated

$

148,931 

8.8%

$

67,584 

4.0%

$

67,584 

4.0%

N/A

N/A

Bank

$

148,879 

8.8%

$

67,584 

4.0%

$

67,584 

4.0%

$

84,479 

5.0%

* The minimums under Basel III increased by 0.625% (the capital conservation buffer.buffer) annually until 2019.

55


Table Of Contents



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

86,702 

 

14.9% 

≥  

$

46,550 

≥  

8.6% 

(2)

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

Bank

$

86,332 

 

14.8% 

≥  

$

46,538 

≥  

8.6% 

(2)

≥  

$

58,172 

10.0% 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

79,250 

 

13.6% 

≥  

$

26,184 

≥  

5.1% 

(2)

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

Bank

$

79,033 

 

13.6% 

≥  

$

26,178 

≥  

5.1% 

(2)

$

37,812 

6.5% 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

79,250 

 

13.6% 

≥  

$

34,912 

≥  

6.6% 

(2)

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

Bank

$

79,033 

 

13.6% 

≥  

$

34,903 

≥  

6.6% 

(2)

$

46,538 

8.0% 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier I capital (to average assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

79,250 

 

10.3% 

$

30,717 

4.0% 

 

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

Bank

$

79,033 

 

10.3% 

$

30,650 

4.0% 

 

$

38,313 

5.0% 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2) Includes a 0.625% capital conservation buffer.

The Company advises readers to refer to the Supervision and Regulation section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation, of its 20162020 Form 10-K for a discussion on the regulatory environment and recent legislation and rulemaking.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, an evaluation was carried out by the Company’s management, with the participation of its President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based on such evaluation, the President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files or furnishes under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, and are effective. The Company made no changes in its internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, these controls during the last fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2017.March 31, 2021.

5662


Table Of Contents

PART II - Other Information

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

The nature of the Company’s business generates somea certain amount of litigation involving matters arising in the ordinary course of business. However, in the opinion of the Company after consultation with legal counsel, no legal proceedings are pending, which, if determined adversely to the Company or the Bank, would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s undivided profits or financial condition.condition, operations or the results of such operations. No legal proceedings are pending other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company and the Bank. In addition, to management’s knowledge, no governmental authorities have initiated or contemplated any material legal or regulatory actions against the Company or the Bank.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Management of the Company does not believe there have been any material changes to the risk factors that were disclosed in the 20162020 Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2017.19, 2021.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

None

Item 3. Default Upon Senior Securities

None

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable

Item 5. Other Information

None


63


Table Of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference as a part of this Form 10-Q:

3(i) Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant. Incorporated by reference to Annex B of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus included in Registrant’s Amendment 4 to its Registration Statement No. 333-90273 on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2000.

3(ii) Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii)3.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007.April 16, 2020.

2.1 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, MNB Corporation and Merchants Bank of Bangor dated as of December 9, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-236453 on Form S-4, filed with the Commission on February 14, 2020. (Schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted schedule upon request.)

2.2 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., NEPA Acquisition Subsidiary, LLC, The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, Landmark Bancorp, Inc. and Landmark Community Bank dated as of February 25, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Registrant’s Registration No. 333-255479 on Form S-4, filed with the Commission on April 23, 2021. (Schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted schedule upon request.)

*10.1 Registrant’s 2012 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Repurchase Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-183216 on Form S-3 filed with the SEC on August 10, 2012 as amended February 3, 2014.

*10.2 Registrant’s 2000 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-64356 on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 2, 2001.

*10.3 Amendment, dated October 2, 2007, to the Registrant’s 2000 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 4, 2007.

*10.4 Registrant’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-64356 on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 2, 2001.

*10.5 Amendment, dated October 2, 2007, to the Registrant’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 4, 2007.

*10.6 Registrant’s 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Definitive proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 28, 2002.

*10.710.3 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Daniel J. Santaniello, dated March 23, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2011.

*10.810.4 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bankand Timothy P. O’Brien, dated March 23, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2011.

*10.910.5 2012 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 30, 2012.

*10.1010.6 2012 Director Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 30, 2012.

57


Table Of Contents

*10.1110.7Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr. dated as of March 17, 2016. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 18, 2016.

**10.12 Change in Control and Severance Agreement between the Registrant, The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Michael J. Pacyna dated as of March 29, 2017.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*10.1310.8 Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Eugene J. Walsh dated as of March 29, 2017. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*10.1410.9 Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan – Applicable to Daniel J. Santaniello and Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*10.1510.10 Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan – Applicable to Eugene J. Walsh and Timothy P O’Brien. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*10.1610.11 Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement – Applicable to Daniel J. Santaniello, Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr. and Eugene J. Walsh. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*10.1710.12 Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement – Applicable to Timothy P O’Brien and Michael Pacyna.O’Brien. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

11Statement regarding computation*10.13 Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Michael J. Pacyna dated as of earnings per share.  Included herein in Note No. 6, “Earnings per share,” contained withinMarch 20, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the NotesSEC on March 21, 2019.

*10.14 Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Michael J. Pacyna. Incorporated by reference to Consolidated Financial Statements, and incorporated hereinExhibit 99.2

64


to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 21, 2019.

*10.15 Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement for Michael J. Pacyna. Incorporated by reference.reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 21, 2019.

31.1 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer, filed herewith.

31.2 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer, filed herewith.

32.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.

32.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.

101 Interactive data files: The following, from Fidelity D&D Bancorp, Inc.’s. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2021, is formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2016;2020; Consolidated Statements of Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 2016;2020; Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 2016;2020; Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 2016;2020; Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2021 and 20162020 and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. **

104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

________________________________________________

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the interactive data files in Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.


5865


Table Of Contents

Signatures

FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.

Date: November 8, 2017May 14, 2021

/s/Daniel J. Santaniello

Daniel J. Santaniello,

President and Chief Executive Officer

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.

Date: November 8, 2017May 14, 2021

/s/Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr.

Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr.,

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

5966